1 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
---|
2 | <!--
|
---|
3 | user_VBoxManage.xml:
|
---|
4 | VBoxManage documentation for the user manual.
|
---|
5 |
|
---|
6 | This XML document is also be used for generating the help text
|
---|
7 | built into VBoxManage as well as manpages (hacking in progress).
|
---|
8 |
|
---|
9 | Copyright (C) 2006-2020 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
10 |
|
---|
11 | This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
|
---|
12 | available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
|
---|
13 | you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
14 | General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
|
---|
15 | Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
16 | VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
|
---|
17 | hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
|
---|
18 | -->
|
---|
19 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
|
---|
20 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"[
|
---|
21 | <!ENTITY % all.entities SYSTEM "all-entities.ent">
|
---|
22 | %all.entities;
|
---|
23 | ]>
|
---|
24 | <chapter id="vboxmanage">
|
---|
25 |
|
---|
26 | <title>VBoxManage</title>
|
---|
27 |
|
---|
28 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-intro">
|
---|
29 |
|
---|
30 | <title>Introduction</title>
|
---|
31 |
|
---|
32 | <para>
|
---|
33 | As briefly mentioned in <xref linkend="frontends" />,
|
---|
34 | <command>VBoxManage</command> is the command-line interface to
|
---|
35 | &product-name;. With it, you can completely control &product-name;
|
---|
36 | from the command line of your host operating system.
|
---|
37 | <command>VBoxManage</command> supports all the features that the
|
---|
38 | graphical user interface gives you access to, but it supports a
|
---|
39 | lot more than that. It exposes all the features of the
|
---|
40 | virtualization engine, even those that cannot be accessed from the
|
---|
41 | GUI.
|
---|
42 | </para>
|
---|
43 |
|
---|
44 | <para>
|
---|
45 | You will need to use the command line if you want to do the
|
---|
46 | following:
|
---|
47 | </para>
|
---|
48 |
|
---|
49 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
50 |
|
---|
51 | <listitem>
|
---|
52 | <para>
|
---|
53 | Use a different user interface than the main GUI such as the
|
---|
54 | VBoxHeadless server.
|
---|
55 | </para>
|
---|
56 | </listitem>
|
---|
57 |
|
---|
58 | <listitem>
|
---|
59 | <para>
|
---|
60 | Control some of the more advanced and experimental
|
---|
61 | configuration settings for a VM.
|
---|
62 | </para>
|
---|
63 | </listitem>
|
---|
64 |
|
---|
65 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
66 |
|
---|
67 | <para>
|
---|
68 | There are two main things to keep in mind when using
|
---|
69 | <command>VBoxManage</command>. First,
|
---|
70 | <command>VBoxManage</command> must always be used with a specific
|
---|
71 | subcommand, such as <command>list</command> or
|
---|
72 | <command>createvm</command> or <command>startvm</command>. All the
|
---|
73 | subcommands that <command>VBoxManage</command> supports are
|
---|
74 | described in detail in <xref linkend="vboxmanage" />.
|
---|
75 | </para>
|
---|
76 |
|
---|
77 | <para>
|
---|
78 | Second, most of these subcommands require that you specify a
|
---|
79 | particular virtual machine after the subcommand. There are two
|
---|
80 | ways you can do this:
|
---|
81 | </para>
|
---|
82 |
|
---|
83 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
84 |
|
---|
85 | <listitem>
|
---|
86 | <para>
|
---|
87 | You can specify the VM name, as it is shown in the
|
---|
88 | &product-name; GUI. Note that if that name contains spaces,
|
---|
89 | then you must enclose the entire name in double quotes. This
|
---|
90 | is always required with command line arguments that contain
|
---|
91 | spaces. For example:
|
---|
92 | </para>
|
---|
93 |
|
---|
94 | <screen>VBoxManage startvm "Windows XP"</screen>
|
---|
95 | </listitem>
|
---|
96 |
|
---|
97 | <listitem>
|
---|
98 | <para>
|
---|
99 | You can specify the UUID, which is the internal unique
|
---|
100 | identifier that &product-name; uses to refer to the virtual
|
---|
101 | machine. Assuming that the VM called "Windows XP" has the UUID
|
---|
102 | shown below, the following command has the same effect as the
|
---|
103 | previous example:
|
---|
104 | </para>
|
---|
105 |
|
---|
106 | <screen>VBoxManage startvm 670e746d-abea-4ba6-ad02-2a3b043810a5</screen>
|
---|
107 | </listitem>
|
---|
108 |
|
---|
109 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
110 |
|
---|
111 | <para>
|
---|
112 | You can enter <command>VBoxManage list vms</command> to have all
|
---|
113 | currently registered VMs listed with all their settings, including
|
---|
114 | their respective names and UUIDs.
|
---|
115 | </para>
|
---|
116 |
|
---|
117 | <para>
|
---|
118 | Some typical examples of how to control &product-name; from the
|
---|
119 | command line are listed below:
|
---|
120 | </para>
|
---|
121 |
|
---|
122 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
123 |
|
---|
124 | <listitem>
|
---|
125 | <para>
|
---|
126 | To create a new virtual machine from the command line and
|
---|
127 | immediately register it with &product-name;, use
|
---|
128 | <command>VBoxManage createvm</command> with the
|
---|
129 | <option>--register</option> option, as follows:
|
---|
130 | </para>
|
---|
131 |
|
---|
132 | <screen>$ VBoxManage createvm --name "SUSE 10.2" --register
|
---|
133 | VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
134 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
135 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
136 |
|
---|
137 | Virtual machine 'SUSE 10.2' is created.
|
---|
138 | UUID: c89fc351-8ec6-4f02-a048-57f4d25288e5
|
---|
139 | Settings file: '/home/username/.config/VirtualBox/Machines/SUSE 10.2/SUSE 10.2.xml'</screen>
|
---|
140 |
|
---|
141 | <para>
|
---|
142 | As can be seen from the above output, a new virtual machine
|
---|
143 | has been created with a new UUID and a new XML settings file.
|
---|
144 | </para>
|
---|
145 |
|
---|
146 | <para>
|
---|
147 | For more details, see
|
---|
148 | <xref
|
---|
149 | linkend="vboxmanage-createvm" />.
|
---|
150 | </para>
|
---|
151 | </listitem>
|
---|
152 |
|
---|
153 | <listitem>
|
---|
154 | <para>
|
---|
155 | To show the configuration of a particular VM, use
|
---|
156 | <command>VBoxManage showvminfo</command>. See
|
---|
157 | <xref
|
---|
158 | linkend="vboxmanage-showvminfo" /> for details
|
---|
159 | and an example.
|
---|
160 | </para>
|
---|
161 | </listitem>
|
---|
162 |
|
---|
163 | <listitem>
|
---|
164 | <para>
|
---|
165 | To change settings while a VM is powered off, use
|
---|
166 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>. For example:
|
---|
167 | </para>
|
---|
168 |
|
---|
169 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "Windows XP" --memory 512</screen>
|
---|
170 |
|
---|
171 | <para>
|
---|
172 | See also <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm" />.
|
---|
173 | </para>
|
---|
174 | </listitem>
|
---|
175 |
|
---|
176 | <listitem>
|
---|
177 | <para>
|
---|
178 | To change the storage configuration, such as to add a storage
|
---|
179 | controller and then a virtual disk, use <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
180 | storagectl</command> and <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
181 | storageattach</command>. See
|
---|
182 | <xref
|
---|
183 | linkend="vboxmanage-storagectl" /> and
|
---|
184 | <xref
|
---|
185 | linkend="vboxmanage-storageattach" />.
|
---|
186 | </para>
|
---|
187 | </listitem>
|
---|
188 |
|
---|
189 | <listitem>
|
---|
190 | <para>
|
---|
191 | To control VM operation, use one of the following:
|
---|
192 | </para>
|
---|
193 |
|
---|
194 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
195 |
|
---|
196 | <listitem>
|
---|
197 | <para>
|
---|
198 | To start a VM that is currently powered off, use
|
---|
199 | <command>VBoxManage startvm</command>. See
|
---|
200 | <xref
|
---|
201 | linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
202 | </para>
|
---|
203 | </listitem>
|
---|
204 |
|
---|
205 | <listitem>
|
---|
206 | <para>
|
---|
207 | To pause or save a VM that is currently running or change
|
---|
208 | some of its settings, use <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
209 | controlvm</command>. See
|
---|
210 | <xref
|
---|
211 | linkend="vboxmanage-controlvm" />.
|
---|
212 | </para>
|
---|
213 | </listitem>
|
---|
214 |
|
---|
215 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
216 | </listitem>
|
---|
217 |
|
---|
218 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
219 |
|
---|
220 | </sect1>
|
---|
221 |
|
---|
222 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-cmd-overview">
|
---|
223 |
|
---|
224 | <title>Commands Overview</title>
|
---|
225 |
|
---|
226 | <para>
|
---|
227 | When running <command>VBoxManage</command> without parameters or
|
---|
228 | when supplying an invalid command line, the following command
|
---|
229 | syntax list is shown. Note that the output will be slightly
|
---|
230 | different depending on the host platform. If in doubt, check the
|
---|
231 | output of <command>VBoxManage</command> for the commands available
|
---|
232 | on your particular host.
|
---|
233 | </para>
|
---|
234 |
|
---|
235 | <xi:include href="user_VBoxManage_CommandsOverview.xml" xpointer="xpointer(/sect1/*)"
|
---|
236 | xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
237 |
|
---|
238 | <para>
|
---|
239 | Each time <command>VBoxManage</command> is invoked, only one
|
---|
240 | command can be executed. However, a command might support several
|
---|
241 | subcommands which then can be invoked in one single call. The
|
---|
242 | following sections provide detailed reference information on the
|
---|
243 | different commands.
|
---|
244 | </para>
|
---|
245 |
|
---|
246 | </sect1>
|
---|
247 |
|
---|
248 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-general">
|
---|
249 |
|
---|
250 | <title>General Options</title>
|
---|
251 |
|
---|
252 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
253 |
|
---|
254 | <listitem>
|
---|
255 | <para>
|
---|
256 | <option>-v|--version</option>: Show the version of this tool
|
---|
257 | and exit.
|
---|
258 | </para>
|
---|
259 | </listitem>
|
---|
260 |
|
---|
261 | <listitem>
|
---|
262 | <para>
|
---|
263 | <option>--nologo</option>: Suppress the output of the logo
|
---|
264 | information. This option is useful for scripts.
|
---|
265 | </para>
|
---|
266 | </listitem>
|
---|
267 |
|
---|
268 | <listitem>
|
---|
269 | <para>
|
---|
270 | <option>--settingspw</option>: Specifiy a settings password.
|
---|
271 | </para>
|
---|
272 | </listitem>
|
---|
273 |
|
---|
274 | <listitem>
|
---|
275 | <para>
|
---|
276 | <option>--settingspwfile</option>: Specify a file containing
|
---|
277 | the settings password.
|
---|
278 | </para>
|
---|
279 | </listitem>
|
---|
280 |
|
---|
281 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
282 |
|
---|
283 | <para>
|
---|
284 | The settings password is used for certain settings which need to
|
---|
285 | be stored in encrypted form for security reasons. At the moment,
|
---|
286 | the only encrypted setting is the iSCSI initiator secret, see
|
---|
287 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-storageattach" />. As long as no
|
---|
288 | settings password is specified, this information is stored in
|
---|
289 | <emphasis>plain text</emphasis>. After using the
|
---|
290 | <option>--settingspw|--settingspwfile</option> option once, it
|
---|
291 | must be always used. Otherwise, the encrypted setting cannot be
|
---|
292 | unencrypted.
|
---|
293 | </para>
|
---|
294 |
|
---|
295 | </sect1>
|
---|
296 |
|
---|
297 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-list">
|
---|
298 |
|
---|
299 | <title>VBoxManage list</title>
|
---|
300 |
|
---|
301 | <para>
|
---|
302 | The <command>list</command> command gives relevant information
|
---|
303 | about your system and information about &product-name;'s current
|
---|
304 | settings.
|
---|
305 | </para>
|
---|
306 |
|
---|
307 | <para>
|
---|
308 | The following subcommands are available with <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
309 | list</command>:
|
---|
310 | </para>
|
---|
311 |
|
---|
312 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
313 |
|
---|
314 | <listitem>
|
---|
315 | <para>
|
---|
316 | <command>vms</command>: Lists all virtual machines currently
|
---|
317 | registered with &product-name;. By default this displays a
|
---|
318 | compact list with each VM's name and UUID. If you also specify
|
---|
319 | <option>--long</option> or <option>-l</option>, this will be a
|
---|
320 | detailed list as with the <command>showvminfo</command>
|
---|
321 | command, see <xref linkend="vboxmanage-showvminfo"/>.
|
---|
322 | </para>
|
---|
323 | </listitem>
|
---|
324 |
|
---|
325 | <listitem>
|
---|
326 | <para>
|
---|
327 | <command>runningvms</command>: Lists all currently running
|
---|
328 | virtual machines by their unique identifiers (UUIDs) in the
|
---|
329 | same format as with <command>vms</command>.
|
---|
330 | </para>
|
---|
331 | </listitem>
|
---|
332 |
|
---|
333 | <listitem>
|
---|
334 | <para>
|
---|
335 | <command>ostypes</command>: Lists all guest operating systems
|
---|
336 | presently known to &product-name;, along with the identifiers
|
---|
337 | used to refer to them with the <command>modifyvm</command>
|
---|
338 | command.
|
---|
339 | </para>
|
---|
340 | </listitem>
|
---|
341 |
|
---|
342 | <listitem>
|
---|
343 | <para>
|
---|
344 | <command>hostdvds</command>, <command>hostfloppies</command>:
|
---|
345 | Lists the DVD, floppy, bridged networking, and host-only
|
---|
346 | networking interfaces on the host, along with the name used to
|
---|
347 | access them from within &product-name;.
|
---|
348 | </para>
|
---|
349 | </listitem>
|
---|
350 |
|
---|
351 | <listitem>
|
---|
352 | <para>
|
---|
353 | <command>intnets</command>: Displays information about the
|
---|
354 | internal networks.
|
---|
355 | </para>
|
---|
356 | </listitem>
|
---|
357 |
|
---|
358 | <listitem>
|
---|
359 | <para>
|
---|
360 | <command>bridgedifs</command>, <command>hostonlyifs</command>,
|
---|
361 | <command>natnets</command>, <command>dhcpservers</command>:
|
---|
362 | Lists the bridged network interfaces, host-only network
|
---|
363 | interfaces, NAT network interfaces, and DHCP servers currently
|
---|
364 | available on the host. See
|
---|
365 | <xref linkend="networkingdetails" />.
|
---|
366 | </para>
|
---|
367 | </listitem>
|
---|
368 |
|
---|
369 | <listitem>
|
---|
370 | <para>
|
---|
371 | <command>hostinfo</command>: Displays information about the
|
---|
372 | host system, such as CPUs, memory size, and operating system
|
---|
373 | version.
|
---|
374 | </para>
|
---|
375 | </listitem>
|
---|
376 |
|
---|
377 | <listitem>
|
---|
378 | <para>
|
---|
379 | <command>hostcpuids</command>: Lists the CPUID parameters for
|
---|
380 | the host CPUs. This can be used for a more fine grained
|
---|
381 | analyis of the host's virtualization capabilities.
|
---|
382 | </para>
|
---|
383 | </listitem>
|
---|
384 |
|
---|
385 | <listitem>
|
---|
386 | <para>
|
---|
387 | <command>hddbackends</command>: Lists all known virtual disk
|
---|
388 | back-ends of &product-name;. For each such format, such as
|
---|
389 | VDI, VMDK, or RAW, this subcommand lists the back-end's
|
---|
390 | capabilities and configuration.
|
---|
391 | </para>
|
---|
392 | </listitem>
|
---|
393 |
|
---|
394 | <listitem>
|
---|
395 | <para>
|
---|
396 | <command>hdds</command>, <command>dvds</command>,
|
---|
397 | <command>floppies</command>: Shows information about virtual
|
---|
398 | disk images currently in use by &product-name;, including all
|
---|
399 | their settings, the unique identifiers (UUIDs) associated with
|
---|
400 | them by &product-name; and all files associated with them.
|
---|
401 | This is the command-line equivalent of the Virtual Media
|
---|
402 | Manager. See <xref linkend="vdis" />.
|
---|
403 | </para>
|
---|
404 | </listitem>
|
---|
405 |
|
---|
406 | <listitem>
|
---|
407 | <para>
|
---|
408 | <command>usbhost</command>: Shows information about USB
|
---|
409 | devices attached to the host, including information useful for
|
---|
410 | constructing USB filters and whether they are currently in use
|
---|
411 | by the host.
|
---|
412 | </para>
|
---|
413 | </listitem>
|
---|
414 |
|
---|
415 | <listitem>
|
---|
416 | <para>
|
---|
417 | <command>usbfilters</command>: Lists all global USB filters
|
---|
418 | registered with &product-name; and displays the filter
|
---|
419 | parameters. Global USB filters are for devices which are
|
---|
420 | accessible to all virtual machines.
|
---|
421 | </para>
|
---|
422 | </listitem>
|
---|
423 |
|
---|
424 | <listitem>
|
---|
425 | <para>
|
---|
426 | <command>systemproperties</command>: Displays some global
|
---|
427 | &product-name; settings, such as minimum and maximum guest RAM
|
---|
428 | and virtual hard disk size, folder settings and the current
|
---|
429 | authentication library in use.
|
---|
430 | </para>
|
---|
431 | </listitem>
|
---|
432 |
|
---|
433 | <listitem>
|
---|
434 | <para>
|
---|
435 | <command>extpacks</command>: Displays all &product-name;
|
---|
436 | extension packs that are currently installed. See
|
---|
437 | <xref linkend="intro-installing" /> and
|
---|
438 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-extpack" />.
|
---|
439 | </para>
|
---|
440 | </listitem>
|
---|
441 |
|
---|
442 | <listitem>
|
---|
443 | <para>
|
---|
444 | <command>groups</command>: Displays details of the VM Groups.
|
---|
445 | See <xref linkend="gui-vmgroups" />.
|
---|
446 | </para>
|
---|
447 | </listitem>
|
---|
448 |
|
---|
449 | <listitem>
|
---|
450 | <para>
|
---|
451 | <command>webcams</command>: Displays a list of webcams
|
---|
452 | attached to the running VM. The output format is a list of
|
---|
453 | absolute paths or aliases that were used for attaching the
|
---|
454 | webcams to the VM using the webcam attach command.
|
---|
455 | </para>
|
---|
456 | </listitem>
|
---|
457 |
|
---|
458 | <listitem>
|
---|
459 | <para>
|
---|
460 | <command>screenshotformats</command>: Displays a list of
|
---|
461 | available screenshot formats.
|
---|
462 | </para>
|
---|
463 | </listitem>
|
---|
464 |
|
---|
465 | <listitem>
|
---|
466 | <para>
|
---|
467 | <command>cloudproviders</command>: Displays a list of cloud
|
---|
468 | providers that are supported by &product-name;. &oci; is an
|
---|
469 | example of a cloud provider.
|
---|
470 | </para>
|
---|
471 | </listitem>
|
---|
472 |
|
---|
473 | <listitem>
|
---|
474 | <para>
|
---|
475 | <command>cloudprofiles</command>: Displays a list of cloud
|
---|
476 | profiles that have been configured.
|
---|
477 | </para>
|
---|
478 |
|
---|
479 | <para>
|
---|
480 | Cloud profiles are used when exporting VMs to a cloud service.
|
---|
481 | See <xref linkend="cloud-export-oci"/>.
|
---|
482 | </para>
|
---|
483 | </listitem>
|
---|
484 |
|
---|
485 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
486 |
|
---|
487 | </sect1>
|
---|
488 |
|
---|
489 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-showvminfo">
|
---|
490 |
|
---|
491 | <title>VBoxManage showvminfo</title>
|
---|
492 |
|
---|
493 | <para>
|
---|
494 | The <command>showvminfo</command> command shows information about
|
---|
495 | a particular virtual machine. This is the same information as
|
---|
496 | <command>VBoxManage list vms --long</command> would show for all
|
---|
497 | virtual machines.
|
---|
498 | </para>
|
---|
499 |
|
---|
500 | <para>
|
---|
501 | You will see information as shown in the following example.
|
---|
502 | </para>
|
---|
503 |
|
---|
504 | <screen>$ VBoxManage showvminfo "Windows XP"
|
---|
505 | VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
506 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
507 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
508 |
|
---|
509 | Name: Windows XP
|
---|
510 | Guest OS: Other/Unknown
|
---|
511 | UUID: 1bf3464d-57c6-4d49-92a9-a5cc3816b7e7
|
---|
512 | Config file: /home/username/.config/VirtualBox/Machines/Windows XP/Windows XP.xml
|
---|
513 | Memory size: 512MB
|
---|
514 | VRAM size: 12MB
|
---|
515 | Number of CPUs: 2
|
---|
516 | Boot menu mode: message and menu
|
---|
517 | Boot Device (1): DVD
|
---|
518 | Boot Device (2): HardDisk
|
---|
519 | Boot Device (3): Not Assigned
|
---|
520 | Boot Device (4): Not Assigned
|
---|
521 | ACPI: on
|
---|
522 | IOAPIC: on
|
---|
523 | ...
|
---|
524 | </screen>
|
---|
525 |
|
---|
526 | <para>
|
---|
527 | Use the <option>--machinereadable</option> option to produce the
|
---|
528 | same output, but in machine readable format with a property=value
|
---|
529 | string on each line. For example:
|
---|
530 | </para>
|
---|
531 |
|
---|
532 | <screen>
|
---|
533 | ...
|
---|
534 | groups="/"
|
---|
535 | ostype="Oracle (64-bit)"
|
---|
536 | UUID="457af700-bc0a-4258-aa3c-13b03da171f2"
|
---|
537 | ...
|
---|
538 | </screen>
|
---|
539 |
|
---|
540 | </sect1>
|
---|
541 |
|
---|
542 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-registervm">
|
---|
543 |
|
---|
544 | <title>VBoxManage registervm/unregistervm</title>
|
---|
545 |
|
---|
546 | <para>
|
---|
547 | The <computeroutput>registervm</computeroutput> command enables
|
---|
548 | you to import a virtual machine definition in an XML file into
|
---|
549 | &product-name;. The machine must not conflict with one already
|
---|
550 | registered in &product-name; and it may not have any hard or
|
---|
551 | removable disks attached. It is advisable to place the definition
|
---|
552 | file in the machines folder before registering it.
|
---|
553 | </para>
|
---|
554 |
|
---|
555 | <note>
|
---|
556 | <para>
|
---|
557 | When creating a new virtual machine with <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
558 | createvm</command>, as shown in
|
---|
559 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-createvm"/>, you can directly specify
|
---|
560 | the <option>--register</option> option to avoid having to
|
---|
561 | register it separately.
|
---|
562 | </para>
|
---|
563 | </note>
|
---|
564 |
|
---|
565 | <para>
|
---|
566 | The <command>unregistervm</command> command unregisters a virtual
|
---|
567 | machine. If <option>--delete</option> is also specified, the
|
---|
568 | following files will also be deleted automatically:
|
---|
569 | </para>
|
---|
570 |
|
---|
571 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
572 |
|
---|
573 | <listitem>
|
---|
574 | <para>
|
---|
575 | All hard disk image files, including differencing files, which
|
---|
576 | are used by the machine and not shared with other machines.
|
---|
577 | </para>
|
---|
578 | </listitem>
|
---|
579 |
|
---|
580 | <listitem>
|
---|
581 | <para>
|
---|
582 | Saved state files that the machine created. One if the machine
|
---|
583 | was in Saved state and one for each online snapshot.
|
---|
584 | </para>
|
---|
585 | </listitem>
|
---|
586 |
|
---|
587 | <listitem>
|
---|
588 | <para>
|
---|
589 | The machine XML file and its backups.
|
---|
590 | </para>
|
---|
591 | </listitem>
|
---|
592 |
|
---|
593 | <listitem>
|
---|
594 | <para>
|
---|
595 | The machine log files.
|
---|
596 | </para>
|
---|
597 | </listitem>
|
---|
598 |
|
---|
599 | <listitem>
|
---|
600 | <para>
|
---|
601 | The machine directory, if it is empty after having deleted all
|
---|
602 | of the above files.
|
---|
603 | </para>
|
---|
604 | </listitem>
|
---|
605 |
|
---|
606 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
607 |
|
---|
608 | </sect1>
|
---|
609 |
|
---|
610 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-createvm">
|
---|
611 |
|
---|
612 | <title>VBoxManage createvm</title>
|
---|
613 |
|
---|
614 | <para>
|
---|
615 | The <command>VBoxManage createvm</command> command creates a new
|
---|
616 | XML virtual machine definition file.
|
---|
617 | </para>
|
---|
618 |
|
---|
619 | <para>
|
---|
620 | You must specify the name of the VM by using <option>--name
|
---|
621 | <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>. This name is used by
|
---|
622 | default as the file name of the settings file that has the
|
---|
623 | <filename>.xml</filename> extension and the machine folder, which
|
---|
624 | is a subfolder of the
|
---|
625 | <filename>.config/VirtualBox/Machines</filename> folder. Note that
|
---|
626 | the machine folder path name varies based on the OS type and the
|
---|
627 | &product-name; version.
|
---|
628 | </para>
|
---|
629 |
|
---|
630 | <para>
|
---|
631 | Ensure that the VM name conforms to the host OS's file name
|
---|
632 | requirements. If you later rename the VM, the file and folder
|
---|
633 | names will be updated to match the new name automatically.
|
---|
634 | </para>
|
---|
635 |
|
---|
636 | <para>
|
---|
637 | The <option>--basefolder <replaceable>path</replaceable></option>
|
---|
638 | option specifies the machine folder path name. Note that the names
|
---|
639 | of the file and the folder do not change if you rename the VM.
|
---|
640 | </para>
|
---|
641 |
|
---|
642 | <para>
|
---|
643 | The <option>--group <replaceable>group-ID</replaceable>,
|
---|
644 | ...</option> option assigns the VM to the specified groups. Note
|
---|
645 | that group IDs always start with
|
---|
646 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> so that they can be nested. By
|
---|
647 | default, each VM is assigned membership to the
|
---|
648 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> group.
|
---|
649 | </para>
|
---|
650 |
|
---|
651 | <para>
|
---|
652 | The <option>--ostype <replaceable>ostype</replaceable></option>
|
---|
653 | option specifies the guest OS to run in the VM. Run the
|
---|
654 | <command>VBoxManage list ostypes</command> command to see the
|
---|
655 | available OS types.
|
---|
656 | </para>
|
---|
657 |
|
---|
658 | <para>
|
---|
659 | The <option>--uuid <replaceable>uuid</replaceable></option> option
|
---|
660 | specifies the universal unique identifier (UUID) of the VM. The
|
---|
661 | UUID must be unique within the namespace of the host or of its VM
|
---|
662 | group memberships. By default, the <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
663 | command automatically generates the UUID.
|
---|
664 | </para>
|
---|
665 |
|
---|
666 | <para>
|
---|
667 | The <computeroutput>--default</computeroutput> option applies a
|
---|
668 | default hardware configuration for the specified guest OS. By
|
---|
669 | default, the VM is created with minimal hardware.
|
---|
670 | </para>
|
---|
671 |
|
---|
672 | <para>
|
---|
673 | The <option>--register</option> option registers the VM with your
|
---|
674 | &product-name; installation. By default, the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
675 | createvm</command> command creates only the XML configuration for
|
---|
676 | the VM but does not registered the VM. If you do not register the
|
---|
677 | VM at creation, you can run the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
678 | registervm</command> command after you create the VM.
|
---|
679 | </para>
|
---|
680 |
|
---|
681 | </sect1>
|
---|
682 |
|
---|
683 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm">
|
---|
684 |
|
---|
685 | <title>VBoxManage modifyvm</title>
|
---|
686 |
|
---|
687 | <para>
|
---|
688 | This command changes the properties of a registered virtual
|
---|
689 | machine which is not running. Most of the properties that this
|
---|
690 | command makes available correspond to the VM settings that
|
---|
691 | &product-name; graphical user interface displays in each VM's
|
---|
692 | <emphasis role="bold">Settings</emphasis> dialog. These are
|
---|
693 | described in <xref linkend="BasicConcepts" />. However, some of
|
---|
694 | the more advanced settings are only available through the
|
---|
695 | <command>VBoxManage</command> interface.
|
---|
696 | </para>
|
---|
697 |
|
---|
698 | <para>
|
---|
699 | These commands require that the machine is powered off, neither
|
---|
700 | running nor in a Saved state. Some machine settings can also be
|
---|
701 | changed while a machine is running. Those settings will then have
|
---|
702 | a corresponding subcommand with the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
703 | controlvm</command> subcommand. See
|
---|
704 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-controlvm" />.
|
---|
705 | </para>
|
---|
706 |
|
---|
707 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-general">
|
---|
708 |
|
---|
709 | <title>General Settings</title>
|
---|
710 |
|
---|
711 | <para>
|
---|
712 | The following general settings are available through
|
---|
713 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>:
|
---|
714 | </para>
|
---|
715 |
|
---|
716 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
717 |
|
---|
718 | <listitem>
|
---|
719 | <para>
|
---|
720 | <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput>:
|
---|
721 | Changes the VM's name and can be used to rename the internal
|
---|
722 | virtual machine files, as described in
|
---|
723 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-createvm"/>.
|
---|
724 | </para>
|
---|
725 | </listitem>
|
---|
726 |
|
---|
727 | <listitem>
|
---|
728 | <para>
|
---|
729 | <computeroutput>--groups <group>,
|
---|
730 | ...</computeroutput>: Changes the group membership of a VM.
|
---|
731 | Groups always start with a
|
---|
732 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> and can be nested. By
|
---|
733 | default VMs are in group <computeroutput>/</computeroutput>.
|
---|
734 | </para>
|
---|
735 | </listitem>
|
---|
736 |
|
---|
737 | <listitem>
|
---|
738 | <para>
|
---|
739 | <computeroutput>--description <desc></computeroutput>:
|
---|
740 | Changes the VM's description, which is a way to record
|
---|
741 | details about the VM in a way which is meaningful for the
|
---|
742 | user. The GUI interprets HTML formatting, the command line
|
---|
743 | allows arbitrary strings potentially containing multiple
|
---|
744 | lines.
|
---|
745 | </para>
|
---|
746 | </listitem>
|
---|
747 |
|
---|
748 | <listitem>
|
---|
749 | <para>
|
---|
750 | <computeroutput>--ostype <ostype></computeroutput>:
|
---|
751 | Specifies what guest operating system is supposed to run in
|
---|
752 | the VM. To learn about the various identifiers that can be
|
---|
753 | used here, use <command>VBoxManage list ostypes</command>.
|
---|
754 | </para>
|
---|
755 | </listitem>
|
---|
756 |
|
---|
757 | <listitem>
|
---|
758 | <para>
|
---|
759 | <computeroutput>--iconfile
|
---|
760 | <filename></computeroutput>: Specifies the absolute
|
---|
761 | path on the host file system for the &product-name; icon to
|
---|
762 | be displayed in the VM.
|
---|
763 | </para>
|
---|
764 | </listitem>
|
---|
765 |
|
---|
766 | <listitem>
|
---|
767 | <para>
|
---|
768 | <computeroutput>--memory
|
---|
769 | <memorysize></computeroutput>: Sets the amount of RAM,
|
---|
770 | in MB, that the virtual machine should allocate for itself
|
---|
771 | from the host. See <xref linkend="gui-createvm" />.
|
---|
772 | </para>
|
---|
773 | </listitem>
|
---|
774 |
|
---|
775 | <listitem>
|
---|
776 | <para>
|
---|
777 | <computeroutput>--pagefusion on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
778 | Enables and disables the Page Fusion feature. Page Fusion is
|
---|
779 | disabled by default. The Page Fusion feature minimises
|
---|
780 | memory duplication between VMs with similar configurations
|
---|
781 | running on the same host. See
|
---|
782 | <xref linkend="guestadd-pagefusion" />.
|
---|
783 | </para>
|
---|
784 | </listitem>
|
---|
785 |
|
---|
786 | <listitem>
|
---|
787 | <para>
|
---|
788 | <computeroutput>--vram <vramsize></computeroutput>:
|
---|
789 | Sets the amount of RAM that the virtual graphics card should
|
---|
790 | have. See <xref linkend="settings-display" />.
|
---|
791 | </para>
|
---|
792 | </listitem>
|
---|
793 |
|
---|
794 | <listitem>
|
---|
795 | <para>
|
---|
796 | <computeroutput>--acpi on|off</computeroutput> and
|
---|
797 | <computeroutput>--ioapic on|off</computeroutput>: Determines
|
---|
798 | whether the VM has ACPI and I/O APIC support. See
|
---|
799 | <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
800 | </para>
|
---|
801 | </listitem>
|
---|
802 |
|
---|
803 | <listitem>
|
---|
804 | <para>
|
---|
805 | <computeroutput>--pciattach <host PCI address [@ guest
|
---|
806 | PCI bus address]></computeroutput>: Attaches a specified
|
---|
807 | PCI network controller on the host to a specified PCI bus on
|
---|
808 | the guest.
|
---|
809 |
|
---|
810 | <!--See <xref linkend="pcipassthrough" />.-->
|
---|
811 | </para>
|
---|
812 | </listitem>
|
---|
813 |
|
---|
814 | <listitem>
|
---|
815 | <para>
|
---|
816 | <computeroutput>--pcidetach <host PCI
|
---|
817 | address></computeroutput>: Detaches a specified PCI
|
---|
818 | network controller on the host from the attached PCI bus on
|
---|
819 | the guest.
|
---|
820 |
|
---|
821 | <!--See <xref linkend="pcipassthrough" />.-->
|
---|
822 | </para>
|
---|
823 | </listitem>
|
---|
824 |
|
---|
825 | <listitem>
|
---|
826 | <para>
|
---|
827 | <computeroutput>--hardwareuuid
|
---|
828 | <uuid></computeroutput>: The UUID presented to the
|
---|
829 | guest through memory tables (DMI/SMBIOS), hardware, and
|
---|
830 | guest properties. By default this is the same as the VM
|
---|
831 | UUID. This setting is useful when cloning a VM. Teleporting
|
---|
832 | takes care of this automatically.
|
---|
833 | </para>
|
---|
834 | </listitem>
|
---|
835 |
|
---|
836 | <listitem>
|
---|
837 | <para>
|
---|
838 | <computeroutput>--cpus <cpucount></computeroutput>:
|
---|
839 | Sets the number of virtual CPUs for the virtual machine, see
|
---|
840 | <xref linkend="settings-processor" />. If CPU hot-plugging
|
---|
841 | is enabled, this then sets the <emphasis>maximum</emphasis>
|
---|
842 | number of virtual CPUs that can be plugged into the virtual
|
---|
843 | machines.
|
---|
844 | </para>
|
---|
845 | </listitem>
|
---|
846 |
|
---|
847 | <listitem>
|
---|
848 | <para>
|
---|
849 | <computeroutput>--cpuhotplug on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
850 | Enables CPU hot-plugging. When enabled, virtual CPUs can be
|
---|
851 | added to and removed from a virtual machine while it is
|
---|
852 | running. See <xref linkend="cpuhotplug" />.
|
---|
853 | </para>
|
---|
854 | </listitem>
|
---|
855 |
|
---|
856 | <listitem>
|
---|
857 | <para>
|
---|
858 | <computeroutput>--plugcpu|unplugcpu
|
---|
859 | <id></computeroutput>: If CPU hot-plugging is enabled,
|
---|
860 | this setting adds or removes a virtual CPU on the virtual
|
---|
861 | machine. <computeroutput><id></computeroutput>
|
---|
862 | specifies the index of the virtual CPU to be added or
|
---|
863 | removed and must be a number from 0 to the maximum number of
|
---|
864 | CPUs configured with the
|
---|
865 | <computeroutput>--cpus</computeroutput> option. CPU 0 can
|
---|
866 | never be removed.
|
---|
867 | </para>
|
---|
868 | </listitem>
|
---|
869 |
|
---|
870 | <listitem>
|
---|
871 | <para>
|
---|
872 | <computeroutput>--cpuexecutioncap
|
---|
873 | <1-100></computeroutput>: Controls how much CPU time a
|
---|
874 | virtual CPU can use. A value of 50 implies a single virtual
|
---|
875 | CPU can use up to 50% of a single host CPU.
|
---|
876 | </para>
|
---|
877 | </listitem>
|
---|
878 |
|
---|
879 | <listitem>
|
---|
880 | <para>
|
---|
881 | <computeroutput>--pae on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
882 | disables PAE. See <xref linkend="settings-processor" />.
|
---|
883 | </para>
|
---|
884 | </listitem>
|
---|
885 |
|
---|
886 | <listitem>
|
---|
887 | <para>
|
---|
888 | <computeroutput>--longmode on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
889 | and disables long mode. See
|
---|
890 | <xref linkend="settings-processor" />.
|
---|
891 | </para>
|
---|
892 | </listitem>
|
---|
893 |
|
---|
894 | <listitem>
|
---|
895 | <para>
|
---|
896 | <computeroutput>--spec-ctrl on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
897 | and disables the exposure of speculation control interfaces
|
---|
898 | to the guest, provided they are available on the host.
|
---|
899 | Depending on the host CPU and workload, enabling speculation
|
---|
900 | control may significantly reduce performance.
|
---|
901 | </para>
|
---|
902 | </listitem>
|
---|
903 |
|
---|
904 | <listitem>
|
---|
905 | <para>
|
---|
906 | <computeroutput>--cpu-profile <host|intel
|
---|
907 | 80[86|286|386]></computeroutput>: Enables specification
|
---|
908 | of a profile for guest CPU emulation. Specify either one
|
---|
909 | based on the host system CPU (host), or one from a number of
|
---|
910 | older Intel Micro-architectures: 8086, 80286, 80386.
|
---|
911 | </para>
|
---|
912 | </listitem>
|
---|
913 |
|
---|
914 | <listitem>
|
---|
915 | <para>
|
---|
916 | <computeroutput>--hpet on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
917 | disables a High Precision Event Timer (HPET) which can
|
---|
918 | replace the legacy system timers. This is turned off by
|
---|
919 | default. Note that Windows supports a HPET only from Vista
|
---|
920 | onwards.
|
---|
921 | </para>
|
---|
922 | </listitem>
|
---|
923 |
|
---|
924 | <listitem>
|
---|
925 | <para>
|
---|
926 | <computeroutput>--hwvirtex on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
927 | and disables the use of hardware virtualization extensions,
|
---|
928 | such as Intel VT-x or AMD-V, in the processor of your host
|
---|
929 | system. See <xref linkend="hwvirt" />.
|
---|
930 | </para>
|
---|
931 | </listitem>
|
---|
932 |
|
---|
933 | <listitem>
|
---|
934 | <para>
|
---|
935 | <computeroutput>--triplefaultreset on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
936 | Enables resetting of the guest instead of triggering a Guru
|
---|
937 | Meditation. Some guests raise a triple fault to reset the
|
---|
938 | CPU so sometimes this is desired behavior. Works only for
|
---|
939 | non-SMP guests.
|
---|
940 | </para>
|
---|
941 | </listitem>
|
---|
942 |
|
---|
943 | <listitem>
|
---|
944 | <para>
|
---|
945 | <computeroutput>--apic on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
946 | disables I/O APIC. With I/O APIC, operating systems can use
|
---|
947 | more than 16 interrupt requests (IRQs) thus avoiding IRQ
|
---|
948 | sharing for improved reliability. This setting is enabled by
|
---|
949 | default. See <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
950 | </para>
|
---|
951 | </listitem>
|
---|
952 |
|
---|
953 | <listitem>
|
---|
954 | <para>
|
---|
955 | <computeroutput>--x2apic on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
956 | and disables CPU x2APIC support. CPU x2APIC support helps
|
---|
957 | operating systems run more efficiently on high core count
|
---|
958 | configurations, and optimizes interrupt distribution in
|
---|
959 | virtualized environments. This setting is enabled by
|
---|
960 | default. Disable this setting when using host or guest
|
---|
961 | operating systems that are incompatible with x2APIC support.
|
---|
962 | </para>
|
---|
963 | </listitem>
|
---|
964 |
|
---|
965 | <listitem>
|
---|
966 | <para>
|
---|
967 | <computeroutput>--paravirtprovider
|
---|
968 | none|default|legacy|minimal|hyperv|kvm</computeroutput>:
|
---|
969 | Specifies which paravirtualization interface to provide to
|
---|
970 | the guest operating system. Specifying
|
---|
971 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput> explicitly turns off
|
---|
972 | exposing any paravirtualization interface. The option
|
---|
973 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> selects an
|
---|
974 | appropriate interface when starting the VM, depending on the
|
---|
975 | guest OS type. This is the default option chosen when
|
---|
976 | creating new VMs. The
|
---|
977 | <computeroutput>legacy</computeroutput> option is used for
|
---|
978 | VMs which were created with older &product-name; versions
|
---|
979 | and will pick a paravirtualization interface when starting
|
---|
980 | the VM with &product-name; 5.0 and newer. The
|
---|
981 | <computeroutput>minimal</computeroutput> provider is
|
---|
982 | mandatory for Mac OS X guests.
|
---|
983 | <computeroutput>kvm</computeroutput> and
|
---|
984 | <computeroutput>hyperv</computeroutput> are recommended for
|
---|
985 | Linux and Windows guests respectively. These options are
|
---|
986 | explained in <xref linkend="gimproviders" />.
|
---|
987 | </para>
|
---|
988 | </listitem>
|
---|
989 |
|
---|
990 | <listitem>
|
---|
991 | <para>
|
---|
992 | <computeroutput>--paravirtdebug <keyword=value>
|
---|
993 | [,<keyword=value> ...]</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
994 | debugging options specific to the paravirtualization
|
---|
995 | provider configured for this VM. See the provider specific
|
---|
996 | options in <xref linkend="gimdebug" /> for a list of
|
---|
997 | supported keyword-value pairs for each provider.
|
---|
998 | </para>
|
---|
999 | </listitem>
|
---|
1000 |
|
---|
1001 | <listitem>
|
---|
1002 | <para>
|
---|
1003 | <computeroutput>--nestedpaging on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1004 | hardware virtualization is enabled, this additional setting
|
---|
1005 | enables or disables the use of the nested paging feature in
|
---|
1006 | the processor of your host system. See
|
---|
1007 | <xref linkend="hwvirt" /> and
|
---|
1008 | <xref linkend="sec-rec-cve-2018-3646" />.
|
---|
1009 | </para>
|
---|
1010 | </listitem>
|
---|
1011 |
|
---|
1012 | <listitem>
|
---|
1013 | <para>
|
---|
1014 | <computeroutput>--largepages on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1015 | hardware virtualization <emphasis>and</emphasis> nested
|
---|
1016 | paging are enabled, for Intel VT-x only, an additional
|
---|
1017 | performance improvement of up to 5% can be obtained by
|
---|
1018 | enabling this setting. This causes the hypervisor to use
|
---|
1019 | large pages to reduce TLB use and overhead.
|
---|
1020 | </para>
|
---|
1021 | </listitem>
|
---|
1022 |
|
---|
1023 | <listitem>
|
---|
1024 | <para>
|
---|
1025 | <computeroutput>--vtxvpid on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1026 | hardware virtualization is enabled, for Intel VT-x only,
|
---|
1027 | this additional setting enables or disables the use of the
|
---|
1028 | tagged TLB (VPID) feature in the processor of your host
|
---|
1029 | system. See <xref linkend="hwvirt" />.
|
---|
1030 | </para>
|
---|
1031 | </listitem>
|
---|
1032 |
|
---|
1033 | <listitem>
|
---|
1034 | <para>
|
---|
1035 | <computeroutput>--vtxux on|off</computeroutput>: If hardware
|
---|
1036 | virtualization is enabled, for Intel VT-x only, this setting
|
---|
1037 | enables or disables the use of the unrestricted guest mode
|
---|
1038 | feature for executing your guest.
|
---|
1039 | </para>
|
---|
1040 | </listitem>
|
---|
1041 |
|
---|
1042 | <listitem>
|
---|
1043 | <para>
|
---|
1044 | <computeroutput>--nested-hw-virt on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1045 | hardware virtualization is enabled, this setting enables or
|
---|
1046 | disables passthrough of hardware virtualization features to
|
---|
1047 | the guest. See <xref linkend="nested-virt" />.
|
---|
1048 | </para>
|
---|
1049 | </listitem>
|
---|
1050 |
|
---|
1051 | <listitem>
|
---|
1052 | <para>
|
---|
1053 | <computeroutput>--accelerate3d on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1054 | the Guest Additions are installed, this setting enables or
|
---|
1055 | disables hardware 3D acceleration. See
|
---|
1056 | <xref linkend="guestadd-3d" />.
|
---|
1057 | </para>
|
---|
1058 | </listitem>
|
---|
1059 |
|
---|
1060 | <listitem>
|
---|
1061 | <para>
|
---|
1062 | <computeroutput>--accelerate2dvideo on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1063 | If the Guest Additions are installed, this setting enables
|
---|
1064 | or disables 2D video acceleration. See
|
---|
1065 | <xref linkend="guestadd-2d" />.
|
---|
1066 | </para>
|
---|
1067 | </listitem>
|
---|
1068 |
|
---|
1069 | <listitem>
|
---|
1070 | <para>
|
---|
1071 | <computeroutput>--chipset piix3|ich9</computeroutput>: By
|
---|
1072 | default, &product-name; emulates an Intel PIIX3 chipset.
|
---|
1073 | Usually there is no reason to change the default setting
|
---|
1074 | unless this is required to relax some of its constraints.
|
---|
1075 | See <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
1076 | </para>
|
---|
1077 | </listitem>
|
---|
1078 |
|
---|
1079 | <listitem>
|
---|
1080 | <para>
|
---|
1081 | You can influence the BIOS logo that is displayed when a
|
---|
1082 | virtual machine starts up with a number of settings. By
|
---|
1083 | default, an &product-name; logo is displayed.
|
---|
1084 | </para>
|
---|
1085 |
|
---|
1086 | <para>
|
---|
1087 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogofadein
|
---|
1088 | on|off</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1089 | <computeroutput>--bioslogofadeout on|off</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1090 | you can determine whether the logo should fade in and out,
|
---|
1091 | respectively.
|
---|
1092 | </para>
|
---|
1093 |
|
---|
1094 | <para>
|
---|
1095 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogodisplaytime
|
---|
1096 | <msec></computeroutput> you can set how long the logo
|
---|
1097 | should be visible, in milliseconds.
|
---|
1098 | </para>
|
---|
1099 |
|
---|
1100 | <para>
|
---|
1101 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogoimagepath
|
---|
1102 | <imagepath></computeroutput> you can replace the image
|
---|
1103 | that is shown with your own logo. The image must be an
|
---|
1104 | uncompressed 256 color BMP file without color space
|
---|
1105 | information (Windows 3.0 format). The image must not be
|
---|
1106 | bigger than 640 x 480.
|
---|
1107 | </para>
|
---|
1108 | </listitem>
|
---|
1109 |
|
---|
1110 | <listitem>
|
---|
1111 | <para>
|
---|
1112 | <computeroutput>--biosbootmenu
|
---|
1113 | disabled|menuonly|messageandmenu</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
1114 | whether the BIOS enables the user to select a temporary boot
|
---|
1115 | device. The <computeroutput>menuonly</computeroutput> option
|
---|
1116 | suppresses the message, but the user can still press F12 to
|
---|
1117 | select a temporary boot device.
|
---|
1118 | </para>
|
---|
1119 | </listitem>
|
---|
1120 |
|
---|
1121 | <listitem>
|
---|
1122 | <para>
|
---|
1123 | <computeroutput>--biosapic
|
---|
1124 | x2apic|apic|disabled</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1125 | firmware APIC level to be used. Options are: x2apic, apic or
|
---|
1126 | disabled (no apic or x2apic) respectively.
|
---|
1127 | </para>
|
---|
1128 |
|
---|
1129 | <para>
|
---|
1130 | Note that if x2apic is specified and x2APIC is unsupported
|
---|
1131 | by the VCPU, biosapic downgrades to apic, if supported.
|
---|
1132 | Otherwise biosapic downgrades to disabled. Similarly, if
|
---|
1133 | apic is specified, and APIC is unsupported, a downgrade to
|
---|
1134 | disabled results.
|
---|
1135 | </para>
|
---|
1136 | </listitem>
|
---|
1137 |
|
---|
1138 | <listitem>
|
---|
1139 | <para>
|
---|
1140 | <computeroutput>--biossystemtimeoffset
|
---|
1141 | <ms></computeroutput>: Specifies a fixed time offset,
|
---|
1142 | in milliseconds, of the guest relative to the host time. If
|
---|
1143 | the offset is positive, the guest time runs ahead of the
|
---|
1144 | host time.
|
---|
1145 | </para>
|
---|
1146 | </listitem>
|
---|
1147 |
|
---|
1148 | <listitem>
|
---|
1149 | <para>
|
---|
1150 | <computeroutput>--biospxedebug on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1151 | Enables or disables additional debugging output when using
|
---|
1152 | the Intel PXE boot ROM. The output is written to the release
|
---|
1153 | log file. See <xref linkend="collect-debug-info" />.
|
---|
1154 | </para>
|
---|
1155 | </listitem>
|
---|
1156 |
|
---|
1157 | <listitem>
|
---|
1158 | <para>
|
---|
1159 | <computeroutput>--system-uuid-le on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1160 | Enables or disables representing the system UUID in little
|
---|
1161 | endian form. The default value is <literal>on</literal> for
|
---|
1162 | new VMs. For old VMs the setting is <literal>off</literal>
|
---|
1163 | to keep the content of the DMI/SMBIOS table unchanged, which
|
---|
1164 | can be important for Windows license activation.
|
---|
1165 | </para>
|
---|
1166 | </listitem>
|
---|
1167 |
|
---|
1168 | <listitem>
|
---|
1169 | <para>
|
---|
1170 | <computeroutput>--boot<1-4>
|
---|
1171 | none|floppy|dvd|disk|net</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1172 | boot order for the virtual machine. There are four
|
---|
1173 | <emphasis>slots</emphasis>, which the VM will try to access
|
---|
1174 | from 1 to 4, and for each of which you can set a device that
|
---|
1175 | the VM should attempt to boot from.
|
---|
1176 | </para>
|
---|
1177 | </listitem>
|
---|
1178 |
|
---|
1179 | <listitem>
|
---|
1180 | <para>
|
---|
1181 | <computeroutput>--rtcuseutc on|off</computeroutput>: Sets
|
---|
1182 | the real-time clock (RTC) to operate in UTC time. See
|
---|
1183 | <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
1184 | </para>
|
---|
1185 | </listitem>
|
---|
1186 |
|
---|
1187 | <listitem>
|
---|
1188 | <para>
|
---|
1189 | <computeroutput>--graphicscontroller
|
---|
1190 | none|vboxvga|vmsvga|vboxsvga</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1191 | use of a graphics controller, with an option to choose a
|
---|
1192 | specific type. See <xref linkend="settings-screen" />.
|
---|
1193 | </para>
|
---|
1194 | </listitem>
|
---|
1195 |
|
---|
1196 | <listitem>
|
---|
1197 | <para>
|
---|
1198 | <computeroutput>--snapshotfolder
|
---|
1199 | default|<path></computeroutput>: Specifies the folder
|
---|
1200 | where snapshots are kept for a virtual machine.
|
---|
1201 | </para>
|
---|
1202 | </listitem>
|
---|
1203 |
|
---|
1204 | <listitem>
|
---|
1205 | <para>
|
---|
1206 | <computeroutput>--firmware
|
---|
1207 | bios|efi|efi32|efi64</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1208 | firmware to be used to boot the VM: Available options are:
|
---|
1209 | BIOS, or one of the EFI options: efi, efi32, or efi64. Use
|
---|
1210 | EFI options with care.
|
---|
1211 | </para>
|
---|
1212 | </listitem>
|
---|
1213 |
|
---|
1214 | <listitem>
|
---|
1215 | <para>
|
---|
1216 | <computeroutput>--guestmemoryballoon
|
---|
1217 | <size></computeroutput> Sets the default size of the
|
---|
1218 | guest memory balloon. This is the memory allocated by the
|
---|
1219 | &product-name; Guest Additions from the guest operating
|
---|
1220 | system and returned to the hypervisor for reuse by other
|
---|
1221 | virtual machines.
|
---|
1222 | <computeroutput><size></computeroutput> must be
|
---|
1223 | specified in megabytes. The default size is 0 megabytes. See
|
---|
1224 | <xref linkend="guestadd-balloon" />.
|
---|
1225 | </para>
|
---|
1226 | </listitem>
|
---|
1227 |
|
---|
1228 | <listitem>
|
---|
1229 | <para>
|
---|
1230 | <computeroutput>--defaultfrontend
|
---|
1231 | default|<name></computeroutput>: Specifies the default
|
---|
1232 | frontend to be used when starting this VM. See
|
---|
1233 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
1234 | </para>
|
---|
1235 | </listitem>
|
---|
1236 |
|
---|
1237 | <listitem>
|
---|
1238 | <para>
|
---|
1239 | <computeroutput>--vm-process-priority
|
---|
1240 | default|flat|low|normal|high</computeroutput>: Specifies the
|
---|
1241 | priority scheme of the VM process to be used when starting
|
---|
1242 | this VM and during VM execution. See
|
---|
1243 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
1244 | </para>
|
---|
1245 | </listitem>
|
---|
1246 |
|
---|
1247 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1248 |
|
---|
1249 | </sect2>
|
---|
1250 |
|
---|
1251 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-networking">
|
---|
1252 |
|
---|
1253 | <title>Networking Settings</title>
|
---|
1254 |
|
---|
1255 | <para>
|
---|
1256 | The following networking settings are available through
|
---|
1257 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>. With all these settings,
|
---|
1258 | the decimal number directly following the option name, 1-N in
|
---|
1259 | the list below, specifies the virtual network adapter whose
|
---|
1260 | settings should be changed.
|
---|
1261 | </para>
|
---|
1262 |
|
---|
1263 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1264 |
|
---|
1265 | <listitem>
|
---|
1266 | <para>
|
---|
1267 | <computeroutput>--nic<1-N>
|
---|
1268 | none|null|nat|natnetwork|bridged|intnet|hostonly|generic</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1269 | Configures the type of networking for each of the VM's
|
---|
1270 | virtual network cards. Options are: not present
|
---|
1271 | (<computeroutput>none</computeroutput>), not connected to
|
---|
1272 | the host (<computeroutput>null</computeroutput>), use
|
---|
1273 | network address translation
|
---|
1274 | (<computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>), use the new network
|
---|
1275 | address translation engine
|
---|
1276 | (<computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>), bridged
|
---|
1277 | networking (<computeroutput>bridged</computeroutput>), or
|
---|
1278 | use internal networking
|
---|
1279 | (<computeroutput>intnet</computeroutput>), host-only
|
---|
1280 | networking (<computeroutput>hostonly</computeroutput>), or
|
---|
1281 | access rarely used sub-modes
|
---|
1282 | (<computeroutput>generic</computeroutput>). These options
|
---|
1283 | correspond to the modes described in
|
---|
1284 | <xref linkend="networkingmodes" />.
|
---|
1285 | </para>
|
---|
1286 | </listitem>
|
---|
1287 |
|
---|
1288 | <listitem>
|
---|
1289 | <para>
|
---|
1290 | <computeroutput>--nictype<1-N>
|
---|
1291 | Am79C970A|Am79C973|Am79C970|82540EM|82543GC|82545EM|virtio</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1292 | Enables you to specify the networking hardware that
|
---|
1293 | &product-name; presents to the guest for a specified VM
|
---|
1294 | virtual network card. See <xref linkend="nichardware" />.
|
---|
1295 | </para>
|
---|
1296 | </listitem>
|
---|
1297 |
|
---|
1298 | <listitem>
|
---|
1299 | <para>
|
---|
1300 | <computeroutput>--cableconnected<1-N>
|
---|
1301 | on|off</computeroutput>: Enables you to temporarily
|
---|
1302 | disconnect a virtual network interface, as if a network
|
---|
1303 | cable had been pulled from a real network card. This might
|
---|
1304 | be useful, for example for resetting certain software
|
---|
1305 | components in the VM.
|
---|
1306 | </para>
|
---|
1307 | </listitem>
|
---|
1308 |
|
---|
1309 | <listitem>
|
---|
1310 | <para>
|
---|
1311 | With the <computeroutput>nictrace</computeroutput> options,
|
---|
1312 | you can optionally trace network traffic by dumping it to a
|
---|
1313 | file, for debugging purposes.
|
---|
1314 | </para>
|
---|
1315 |
|
---|
1316 | <para>
|
---|
1317 | With <computeroutput>--nictrace<1-N>
|
---|
1318 | on|off</computeroutput>, you can enable network tracing for
|
---|
1319 | a particular virtual network card.
|
---|
1320 | </para>
|
---|
1321 |
|
---|
1322 | <para>
|
---|
1323 | If enabled, you must specify with
|
---|
1324 | <computeroutput>--nictracefile<1-N>
|
---|
1325 | <filename></computeroutput> the absolute path of the
|
---|
1326 | file the trace should be logged to.
|
---|
1327 | </para>
|
---|
1328 | </listitem>
|
---|
1329 |
|
---|
1330 | <listitem>
|
---|
1331 | <para>
|
---|
1332 | <computeroutput>--nicproperty<1-N>
|
---|
1333 | <paramname>="paramvalue"</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1334 | option, in combination with
|
---|
1335 | <computeroutput>nicgenericdrv</computeroutput> enables you
|
---|
1336 | to pass parameters to rarely-used network backends.
|
---|
1337 | </para>
|
---|
1338 |
|
---|
1339 | <para>
|
---|
1340 | These parameters are backend engine-specific, and are
|
---|
1341 | different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers.
|
---|
1342 | For examples, see <xref linkend="network_udp_tunnel" />.
|
---|
1343 | </para>
|
---|
1344 | </listitem>
|
---|
1345 |
|
---|
1346 | <listitem>
|
---|
1347 | <para>
|
---|
1348 | <computeroutput>--nicspeed<1-N>
|
---|
1349 | <kbps></computeroutput>: Only has an effect if generic
|
---|
1350 | networking has been enabled for a particular virtual network
|
---|
1351 | card. See the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
1352 | This mode enables access to rarely used networking
|
---|
1353 | sub-modes, such as VDE network or UDP Tunnel. This option
|
---|
1354 | specifies the throughput rate in KBps.
|
---|
1355 | </para>
|
---|
1356 | </listitem>
|
---|
1357 |
|
---|
1358 | <listitem>
|
---|
1359 | <para>
|
---|
1360 | <computeroutput>--nicbootprio<1-N>
|
---|
1361 | <priority></computeroutput>: Specifies the order in
|
---|
1362 | which NICs are tried for booting over the network, using
|
---|
1363 | PXE. The priority is an integer in the 0 to 4 range.
|
---|
1364 | Priority 1 is the highest, priority 4 is low. Priority 0,
|
---|
1365 | which is the default unless otherwise specified, is the
|
---|
1366 | lowest.
|
---|
1367 | </para>
|
---|
1368 |
|
---|
1369 | <para>
|
---|
1370 | Note that this option only has an effect when the Intel PXE
|
---|
1371 | boot ROM is used.
|
---|
1372 | </para>
|
---|
1373 | </listitem>
|
---|
1374 |
|
---|
1375 | <listitem>
|
---|
1376 | <para>
|
---|
1377 | <computeroutput>--nicpromisc<1-N>
|
---|
1378 | deny|allow-vms|allow-all</computeroutput>: Enables you to
|
---|
1379 | specify how promiscuous mode is handled for the specified VM
|
---|
1380 | virtual network card. This setting is only relevant for
|
---|
1381 | bridged networking. <computeroutput>deny</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1382 | the default setting, hides any traffic not intended for the
|
---|
1383 | VM. <computeroutput>allow-vms</computeroutput> hides all
|
---|
1384 | host traffic from the VM, but allows the VM to see traffic
|
---|
1385 | to and from other VMs.
|
---|
1386 | <computeroutput>allow-all</computeroutput> removes this
|
---|
1387 | restriction completely.
|
---|
1388 | </para>
|
---|
1389 | </listitem>
|
---|
1390 |
|
---|
1391 | <listitem>
|
---|
1392 | <para>
|
---|
1393 | <computeroutput>--nicbandwidthgroup<1-N>
|
---|
1394 | none|<name></computeroutput>: Adds and removes an
|
---|
1395 | assignment of a bandwidth group for the specified virtual
|
---|
1396 | network interface. Specifying
|
---|
1397 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput> removes any current
|
---|
1398 | bandwidth group assignment from the specified virtual
|
---|
1399 | network interface. Specifying
|
---|
1400 | <computeroutput><name></computeroutput> adds an
|
---|
1401 | assignment of a bandwidth group to the specified virtual
|
---|
1402 | network interface.
|
---|
1403 | </para>
|
---|
1404 |
|
---|
1405 | <para>
|
---|
1406 | See <xref linkend="network_bandwidth_limit" />.
|
---|
1407 | </para>
|
---|
1408 | </listitem>
|
---|
1409 |
|
---|
1410 | <listitem>
|
---|
1411 | <para>
|
---|
1412 | <computeroutput>--bridgeadapter<1-N>
|
---|
1413 | none|<devicename></computeroutput>: Only has an effect
|
---|
1414 | if bridged networking has been enabled for a virtual network
|
---|
1415 | card. See the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
1416 | Use this option to specify which host interface the given
|
---|
1417 | virtual network interface will use. See
|
---|
1418 | <xref linkend="network_bridged" />.
|
---|
1419 | </para>
|
---|
1420 | </listitem>
|
---|
1421 |
|
---|
1422 | <listitem>
|
---|
1423 | <para>
|
---|
1424 | <computeroutput>--hostonlyadapter<1-N>
|
---|
1425 | none|<devicename></computeroutput>: Only has an effect
|
---|
1426 | if host-only networking has been enabled for a virtual
|
---|
1427 | network card. See the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput>
|
---|
1428 | option. Use this option to specify which host-only
|
---|
1429 | networking interface the given virtual network interface
|
---|
1430 | will use. See <xref linkend="network_hostonly" />.
|
---|
1431 | </para>
|
---|
1432 | </listitem>
|
---|
1433 |
|
---|
1434 | <listitem>
|
---|
1435 | <para>
|
---|
1436 | <computeroutput>--intnet<1-N>
|
---|
1437 | network</computeroutput>: Only has an effect if internal
|
---|
1438 | networking has been enabled for a virtual network card. See
|
---|
1439 | the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option. Use this
|
---|
1440 | option to specify the name of the internal network. See
|
---|
1441 | <xref linkend="network_internal" />.
|
---|
1442 | </para>
|
---|
1443 | </listitem>
|
---|
1444 |
|
---|
1445 | <listitem>
|
---|
1446 | <para>
|
---|
1447 | <computeroutput>--nat-network<1-N> <network
|
---|
1448 | name></computeroutput>: If the networking type is set to
|
---|
1449 | <computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>, not
|
---|
1450 | <computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>, then this setting
|
---|
1451 | specifies the name of the NAT network this adapter is
|
---|
1452 | connected to. Optional.
|
---|
1453 | </para>
|
---|
1454 | </listitem>
|
---|
1455 |
|
---|
1456 | <listitem>
|
---|
1457 | <para>
|
---|
1458 | <computeroutput>--nicgenericdrv<1-N> <backend
|
---|
1459 | driver></computeroutput>: Only has an effect if generic
|
---|
1460 | networking has been enabled for a virtual network card. See
|
---|
1461 | the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option. This mode
|
---|
1462 | enables you to access rarely used networking sub-modes, such
|
---|
1463 | as VDE network or UDP Tunnel.
|
---|
1464 | </para>
|
---|
1465 | </listitem>
|
---|
1466 |
|
---|
1467 | <listitem>
|
---|
1468 | <para>
|
---|
1469 | <computeroutput>--macaddress<1-N>
|
---|
1470 | auto|<mac></computeroutput>: With this option you can
|
---|
1471 | set the MAC address of a particular network adapter on the
|
---|
1472 | VM. Normally, each network adapter is assigned a random
|
---|
1473 | address by &product-name; at VM creation.
|
---|
1474 | </para>
|
---|
1475 | </listitem>
|
---|
1476 |
|
---|
1477 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1478 |
|
---|
1479 | <sect3 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-networking-nat">
|
---|
1480 |
|
---|
1481 | <title>NAT Networking Settings</title>
|
---|
1482 |
|
---|
1483 | <para>
|
---|
1484 | The following NAT networking settings are available through
|
---|
1485 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>. With all these
|
---|
1486 | settings, the decimal number directly following the option
|
---|
1487 | name, 1-N in the list below, specifies the virtual network
|
---|
1488 | adapter whose settings should be changed.
|
---|
1489 | </para>
|
---|
1490 |
|
---|
1491 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1492 |
|
---|
1493 | <listitem>
|
---|
1494 | <para>
|
---|
1495 | <computeroutput>--natnet<1-N>
|
---|
1496 | <network>|default</computeroutput>: If the
|
---|
1497 | networking type is set to
|
---|
1498 | <computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>, not
|
---|
1499 | <computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>, then this
|
---|
1500 | setting specifies the IP address range to be used for this
|
---|
1501 | network. See <xref linkend="changenat" />.
|
---|
1502 | </para>
|
---|
1503 | </listitem>
|
---|
1504 |
|
---|
1505 | <listitem>
|
---|
1506 | <para>
|
---|
1507 | <computeroutput>--natpf<1-N>
|
---|
1508 | [<name>],tcp|udp,[<hostip>],<hostport>,[<guestip>],
|
---|
1509 | <guestport></computeroutput>: Defines a NAT
|
---|
1510 | port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward" />.
|
---|
1511 | </para>
|
---|
1512 | </listitem>
|
---|
1513 |
|
---|
1514 | <listitem>
|
---|
1515 | <para>
|
---|
1516 | <computeroutput>--natpf<1-N> delete
|
---|
1517 | <name></computeroutput>: Deletes a NAT
|
---|
1518 | port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward" />.
|
---|
1519 | </para>
|
---|
1520 | </listitem>
|
---|
1521 |
|
---|
1522 | <listitem>
|
---|
1523 | <para>
|
---|
1524 | <computeroutput>--nattftpprefix<1-N>
|
---|
1525 | <prefix></computeroutput>: Defines a prefix for the
|
---|
1526 | built-in TFTP server. For example, where the boot file is
|
---|
1527 | located. See <xref linkend="nat-tftp" /> and
|
---|
1528 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1529 | </para>
|
---|
1530 | </listitem>
|
---|
1531 |
|
---|
1532 | <listitem>
|
---|
1533 | <para>
|
---|
1534 | <computeroutput>--nattftpfile<1-N>
|
---|
1535 | <bootfile></computeroutput>: Defines the TFT boot
|
---|
1536 | file. See <xref linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1537 | </para>
|
---|
1538 | </listitem>
|
---|
1539 |
|
---|
1540 | <listitem>
|
---|
1541 | <para>
|
---|
1542 | <computeroutput>--nattftpserver<1-N>
|
---|
1543 | <tftpserver></computeroutput>: Defines the TFTP
|
---|
1544 | server address to boot from. See
|
---|
1545 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1546 | </para>
|
---|
1547 | </listitem>
|
---|
1548 |
|
---|
1549 | <listitem>
|
---|
1550 | <para>
|
---|
1551 | <computeroutput>--nattbindip<1-N>
|
---|
1552 | <ip;></computeroutput>: &product-name;'s NAT engine
|
---|
1553 | normally routes TCP/IP packets through the default
|
---|
1554 | interface assigned by the host's TCP/IP stack. Use this
|
---|
1555 | setting to instruct the NAT engine to bind to a specified
|
---|
1556 | IP address instead. See
|
---|
1557 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-settings" />.
|
---|
1558 | </para>
|
---|
1559 | </listitem>
|
---|
1560 |
|
---|
1561 | <listitem>
|
---|
1562 | <para>
|
---|
1563 | <computeroutput>--natdnspassdomain<1-N>
|
---|
1564 | on|off</computeroutput>: Specifies whether the built-in
|
---|
1565 | DHCP server passes the domain name for network name
|
---|
1566 | resolution.
|
---|
1567 | </para>
|
---|
1568 | </listitem>
|
---|
1569 |
|
---|
1570 | <listitem>
|
---|
1571 | <para>
|
---|
1572 | <computeroutput>--natdnsproxy<1-N>
|
---|
1573 | on|off</computeroutput>: Makes the NAT engine proxy all
|
---|
1574 | guest DNS requests to the host's DNS servers. See
|
---|
1575 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-dns" />.
|
---|
1576 | </para>
|
---|
1577 | </listitem>
|
---|
1578 |
|
---|
1579 | <listitem>
|
---|
1580 | <para>
|
---|
1581 | <computeroutput>--natdnshostresolver<1-N>
|
---|
1582 | on|off</computeroutput>: Makes the NAT engine use the
|
---|
1583 | host's resolver mechanisms to handle DNS requests. See
|
---|
1584 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-dns" />.
|
---|
1585 | </para>
|
---|
1586 | </listitem>
|
---|
1587 |
|
---|
1588 | <listitem>
|
---|
1589 | <para>
|
---|
1590 | <computeroutput>--natsettings<1-N>
|
---|
1591 | [<mtu>],[<socksnd>],[<sockrcv>],[<tcpsnd>],
|
---|
1592 | [<tcprcv>]</computeroutput>: Controls several NAT
|
---|
1593 | settings. See <xref linkend="nat-adv-settings" />.
|
---|
1594 | </para>
|
---|
1595 | </listitem>
|
---|
1596 |
|
---|
1597 | <listitem>
|
---|
1598 | <para>
|
---|
1599 | <computeroutput>--nataliasmode<1-N>
|
---|
1600 | default|[log],[proxyonly],[sameports]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1601 | Defines behaviour of the NAT engine core: log - enables
|
---|
1602 | logging, proxyonly - switches off aliasing mode and makes
|
---|
1603 | NAT transparent, sameports - enforces the NAT engine to
|
---|
1604 | send packets through the same port as they originated on,
|
---|
1605 | default - disable all aliasing modes. See
|
---|
1606 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-alias" />.
|
---|
1607 | </para>
|
---|
1608 | </listitem>
|
---|
1609 |
|
---|
1610 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1611 |
|
---|
1612 | </sect3>
|
---|
1613 |
|
---|
1614 | </sect2>
|
---|
1615 |
|
---|
1616 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-other">
|
---|
1617 |
|
---|
1618 | <title>Miscellaneous Settings</title>
|
---|
1619 |
|
---|
1620 | <para>
|
---|
1621 | The following hardware settings, such as serial port, audio,
|
---|
1622 | clipboard, drag and drop, monitor, and USB settings are
|
---|
1623 | available through <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>:
|
---|
1624 | </para>
|
---|
1625 |
|
---|
1626 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1627 |
|
---|
1628 | <listitem>
|
---|
1629 | <para>
|
---|
1630 | <computeroutput>--mouse
|
---|
1631 | <ps2|usb|usbtablet|usbmultitouch></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1632 | Specifies the mode of the mouse to be used in the VM.
|
---|
1633 | Available options are: ps2, usb, usbtablet, usbmultitouch.
|
---|
1634 | </para>
|
---|
1635 | </listitem>
|
---|
1636 |
|
---|
1637 | <listitem>
|
---|
1638 | <para>
|
---|
1639 | <computeroutput>--keyboard <ps2|usb></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1640 | Specifies the mode of the keyboard to be used in the VM.
|
---|
1641 | Available options are: ps2, usb.
|
---|
1642 | </para>
|
---|
1643 | </listitem>
|
---|
1644 |
|
---|
1645 | <listitem>
|
---|
1646 | <para>
|
---|
1647 | <computeroutput>--uart<1-N> off|<I/O base>
|
---|
1648 | <IRQ></computeroutput>: Configures virtual serial
|
---|
1649 | ports for the VM. See <xref linkend="serialports" />.
|
---|
1650 | </para>
|
---|
1651 | </listitem>
|
---|
1652 |
|
---|
1653 | <listitem>
|
---|
1654 | <para>
|
---|
1655 | <computeroutput>--uartmode<1-N>
|
---|
1656 | <arg></computeroutput>: Controls how &product-name;
|
---|
1657 | connects a given virtual serial port, configured with the
|
---|
1658 | <computeroutput>--uartX</computeroutput> setting, to the
|
---|
1659 | host on which the virtual machine is running. As described
|
---|
1660 | in <xref linkend="serialports" />, for each such port, you
|
---|
1661 | can specify <computeroutput><arg></computeroutput> as
|
---|
1662 | one of the following options:
|
---|
1663 | </para>
|
---|
1664 |
|
---|
1665 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1666 |
|
---|
1667 | <listitem>
|
---|
1668 | <para>
|
---|
1669 | <computeroutput>disconnected</computeroutput>: Even
|
---|
1670 | though the serial port is shown to the guest, it has no
|
---|
1671 | "other end". This is like a real COM port without a
|
---|
1672 | cable.
|
---|
1673 | </para>
|
---|
1674 | </listitem>
|
---|
1675 |
|
---|
1676 | <listitem>
|
---|
1677 | <para>
|
---|
1678 | <computeroutput>server
|
---|
1679 | <pipename></computeroutput>: On a Windows host,
|
---|
1680 | this tells &product-name; to create a named pipe on the
|
---|
1681 | host named
|
---|
1682 | <computeroutput><pipename></computeroutput> and
|
---|
1683 | connect the virtual serial device to it. Note that
|
---|
1684 | Windows requires that the name of a named pipe begins
|
---|
1685 | with <filename>\\.\pipe\</filename>.
|
---|
1686 | </para>
|
---|
1687 |
|
---|
1688 | <para>
|
---|
1689 | On a Linux host, instead of a named pipe, a local domain
|
---|
1690 | socket is used.
|
---|
1691 | </para>
|
---|
1692 | </listitem>
|
---|
1693 |
|
---|
1694 | <listitem>
|
---|
1695 | <para>
|
---|
1696 | <computeroutput>client
|
---|
1697 | <pipename></computeroutput>: Operates as for
|
---|
1698 | <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>, except that the
|
---|
1699 | pipe, or local domain socket, is not created by
|
---|
1700 | &product-name; but is assumed to exist already.
|
---|
1701 | </para>
|
---|
1702 | </listitem>
|
---|
1703 |
|
---|
1704 | <listitem>
|
---|
1705 | <para>
|
---|
1706 | <computeroutput>tcpserver <port></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1707 | Configures &product-name; to create a TCP socket on the
|
---|
1708 | host with TCP
|
---|
1709 | <computeroutput><port></computeroutput> and
|
---|
1710 | connect the virtual serial device to it. Note that
|
---|
1711 | UNIX-like systems require ports over 1024 for normal
|
---|
1712 | users.
|
---|
1713 | </para>
|
---|
1714 | </listitem>
|
---|
1715 |
|
---|
1716 | <listitem>
|
---|
1717 | <para>
|
---|
1718 | <computeroutput>tcpclient
|
---|
1719 | <hostname:port></computeroutput>: Operates as for
|
---|
1720 | <computeroutput>tcpserver</computeroutput>, except that
|
---|
1721 | the TCP socket is not created by &product-name;, but is
|
---|
1722 | assumed to exist already.
|
---|
1723 | </para>
|
---|
1724 | </listitem>
|
---|
1725 |
|
---|
1726 | <listitem>
|
---|
1727 | <para>
|
---|
1728 | <computeroutput>file <file></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1729 | Redirects the serial port output to a raw file
|
---|
1730 | <file> specified by its absolute path on the host
|
---|
1731 | file system.
|
---|
1732 | </para>
|
---|
1733 | </listitem>
|
---|
1734 |
|
---|
1735 | <listitem>
|
---|
1736 | <para>
|
---|
1737 | <computeroutput><devicename></computeroutput>: If,
|
---|
1738 | instead of the above options, the device name of a
|
---|
1739 | physical hardware serial port of the host is specified,
|
---|
1740 | the virtual serial port is connected to that hardware
|
---|
1741 | port. On a Windows host, the device name will be a COM
|
---|
1742 | port such as <computeroutput>COM1</computeroutput>. On a
|
---|
1743 | Linux host, the device name will be
|
---|
1744 | <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> or similar. This enables
|
---|
1745 | you to wire up a real serial port to a virtual machine.
|
---|
1746 | </para>
|
---|
1747 | </listitem>
|
---|
1748 |
|
---|
1749 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1750 | </listitem>
|
---|
1751 |
|
---|
1752 | <listitem>
|
---|
1753 | <para>
|
---|
1754 | <computeroutput>uarttype <1-N>
|
---|
1755 | 16450|16550A|16750</computeroutput>: Configures the UART
|
---|
1756 | type for a virtual serial port. The default UART type is
|
---|
1757 | 16550A.
|
---|
1758 | </para>
|
---|
1759 | </listitem>
|
---|
1760 |
|
---|
1761 | <listitem>
|
---|
1762 | <para>
|
---|
1763 | <computeroutput>--lptmode<1-N>
|
---|
1764 | <Device></computeroutput>: Specifies the Device Name
|
---|
1765 | of the parallel port that the Parallel Port feature will be
|
---|
1766 | using. Use this <emphasis>before</emphasis>
|
---|
1767 | <computeroutput>--lpt</computeroutput>. This feature depends
|
---|
1768 | on the host operating system. For Windows hosts, use a
|
---|
1769 | device name such as lpt1. On Linux hosts, use a device name
|
---|
1770 | such as /dev/lp0.
|
---|
1771 | </para>
|
---|
1772 | </listitem>
|
---|
1773 |
|
---|
1774 | <listitem>
|
---|
1775 | <para>
|
---|
1776 | <computeroutput>--lpt<1-N> <I/O base>
|
---|
1777 | <IRQ></computeroutput>: Specifies the I/O address of
|
---|
1778 | the parallel port and the IRQ number that the Parallel Port
|
---|
1779 | feature will be using. Optional. Use this
|
---|
1780 | <emphasis>after</emphasis>
|
---|
1781 | <computeroutput>--lptmod</computeroutput>. I/O base address
|
---|
1782 | and IRQ are the values that guest sees. For example, the
|
---|
1783 | values avalable under guest Device Manager.
|
---|
1784 | </para>
|
---|
1785 | </listitem>
|
---|
1786 |
|
---|
1787 | <listitem>
|
---|
1788 | <para>
|
---|
1789 | <computeroutput>--audio
|
---|
1790 | none|null|dsound|oss|alsa|pulse|coreaudio</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1791 | Specifies whether the VM should have audio support, and if
|
---|
1792 | so, which type. The list of supported audio types depends on
|
---|
1793 | the host and can be determined with <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
1794 | modifyvm</command>.
|
---|
1795 | </para>
|
---|
1796 | </listitem>
|
---|
1797 |
|
---|
1798 | <listitem>
|
---|
1799 | <para>
|
---|
1800 | <computeroutput>--audiocontroller
|
---|
1801 | ac97|hda|sb16</computeroutput>: Specifies the audio
|
---|
1802 | controller to be used with the VM.
|
---|
1803 | </para>
|
---|
1804 | </listitem>
|
---|
1805 |
|
---|
1806 | <listitem>
|
---|
1807 | <para>
|
---|
1808 | <computeroutput>--audiocodec
|
---|
1809 | stac9700|ad1980|stac9221|sb16</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
1810 | the audio codec to be used with the VM.
|
---|
1811 | </para>
|
---|
1812 | </listitem>
|
---|
1813 |
|
---|
1814 | <listitem>
|
---|
1815 | <para>
|
---|
1816 | <computeroutput>--audioin on</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
1817 | whether capturing audio from the host is enabled or
|
---|
1818 | disabled.
|
---|
1819 | </para>
|
---|
1820 | </listitem>
|
---|
1821 |
|
---|
1822 | <listitem>
|
---|
1823 | <para>
|
---|
1824 | <computeroutput>--audioout on</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
1825 | whether audio playback from the guest is enabled or
|
---|
1826 | disabled.
|
---|
1827 | </para>
|
---|
1828 | </listitem>
|
---|
1829 |
|
---|
1830 | <listitem>
|
---|
1831 | <para>
|
---|
1832 | <computeroutput>--clipboard-mode
|
---|
1833 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1834 | Configues how the guest or host operating system's clipboard
|
---|
1835 | should be shared with the host or guest. See
|
---|
1836 | <xref linkend="generalsettings" />. This setting requires
|
---|
1837 | that the Guest Additions be installed in the virtual
|
---|
1838 | machine.
|
---|
1839 | </para>
|
---|
1840 | </listitem>
|
---|
1841 |
|
---|
1842 | <listitem>
|
---|
1843 | <para>
|
---|
1844 | <computeroutput>--clipboard-file-transfers
|
---|
1845 | enabled|disabled</computeroutput>: Specifies if clipboard
|
---|
1846 | file transfers are allowed between host and guest OSes or
|
---|
1847 | not.
|
---|
1848 | </para>
|
---|
1849 | </listitem>
|
---|
1850 |
|
---|
1851 | <listitem>
|
---|
1852 | <para>
|
---|
1853 | <computeroutput>--draganddrop
|
---|
1854 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1855 | Specifies the drag and drop mode to use between the host and
|
---|
1856 | the virtual machine. See <xref linkend="guestadd-dnd" />.
|
---|
1857 | This requires that the Guest Additions be installed in the
|
---|
1858 | virtual machine.
|
---|
1859 | </para>
|
---|
1860 | </listitem>
|
---|
1861 |
|
---|
1862 | <listitem>
|
---|
1863 | <para>
|
---|
1864 | <computeroutput>--monitorcount
|
---|
1865 | <count></computeroutput>: Enables multi-monitor
|
---|
1866 | support. See <xref linkend="settings-display" />.
|
---|
1867 | </para>
|
---|
1868 | </listitem>
|
---|
1869 |
|
---|
1870 | <listitem>
|
---|
1871 | <para>
|
---|
1872 | <computeroutput>--usb on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
1873 | disables the VM's virtual USB controller. See
|
---|
1874 | <xref linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1875 | </para>
|
---|
1876 | </listitem>
|
---|
1877 |
|
---|
1878 | <listitem>
|
---|
1879 | <para>
|
---|
1880 | <computeroutput>--usbehci on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
1881 | and disables the VM's virtual USB 2.0 controller. See
|
---|
1882 | <xref linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1883 | </para>
|
---|
1884 | </listitem>
|
---|
1885 |
|
---|
1886 | <listitem>
|
---|
1887 | <para>
|
---|
1888 | <computeroutput>--usbxhci on|off</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
1889 | and disables the VM's virtual USB 3.0 controller. See
|
---|
1890 | <xref linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1891 | </para>
|
---|
1892 | </listitem>
|
---|
1893 |
|
---|
1894 | <listitem>
|
---|
1895 | <para>
|
---|
1896 | <computeroutput>--usbrename <oldname>
|
---|
1897 | <newname></computeroutput>: Enables renaming of the
|
---|
1898 | VM's virtual USB controller from <oldname> to
|
---|
1899 | <newname>.
|
---|
1900 | </para>
|
---|
1901 | </listitem>
|
---|
1902 |
|
---|
1903 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1904 |
|
---|
1905 | </sect2>
|
---|
1906 |
|
---|
1907 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-recording">
|
---|
1908 |
|
---|
1909 | <title>Recording Settings</title>
|
---|
1910 |
|
---|
1911 | <para>
|
---|
1912 | The <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command> command enables you
|
---|
1913 | to modify recording settings for video recording, audio
|
---|
1914 | recording, or both.
|
---|
1915 | </para>
|
---|
1916 |
|
---|
1917 | <para>
|
---|
1918 | Use the following options to update the recording settings:
|
---|
1919 | </para>
|
---|
1920 |
|
---|
1921 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1922 |
|
---|
1923 | <listitem>
|
---|
1924 | <para>
|
---|
1925 | <option>--recording on|off</option> enables or disables the
|
---|
1926 | recording of a VM session into a WebM/VP8 file. When this
|
---|
1927 | option value is <computeroutput>on</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1928 | recording begins when the VM session starts.
|
---|
1929 | </para>
|
---|
1930 | </listitem>
|
---|
1931 |
|
---|
1932 | <listitem>
|
---|
1933 | <para>
|
---|
1934 | <option>--recordingscreens
|
---|
1935 | all|<replaceable>screen-ID</replaceable>
|
---|
1936 | [<replaceable>screen-ID</replaceable> ...]</option> enables
|
---|
1937 | you to specify which VM screens to record. The recording for
|
---|
1938 | each screen that you specify is saved to its own file.
|
---|
1939 | </para>
|
---|
1940 | </listitem>
|
---|
1941 |
|
---|
1942 | <listitem>
|
---|
1943 | <para>
|
---|
1944 | <option>--recordingfile
|
---|
1945 | <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option> specifies the
|
---|
1946 | file in which to save the recording.
|
---|
1947 | </para>
|
---|
1948 | </listitem>
|
---|
1949 |
|
---|
1950 | <listitem>
|
---|
1951 | <para>
|
---|
1952 | <option>--recordingmaxsize
|
---|
1953 | <replaceable>MB</replaceable></option> specifies the maximum
|
---|
1954 | size of the recorded video file in megabytes. The recording
|
---|
1955 | stops when the file reaches the specified size. If this
|
---|
1956 | value is zero, the recording continues until you stop the
|
---|
1957 | recording.
|
---|
1958 | </para>
|
---|
1959 | </listitem>
|
---|
1960 |
|
---|
1961 | <listitem>
|
---|
1962 | <para>
|
---|
1963 | <option>--recordingmaxtime
|
---|
1964 | <replaceable>seconds</replaceable></option> specifies the
|
---|
1965 | maximum amount time to record in seconds. The recording
|
---|
1966 | stops after the specified number of seconds elapses. If this
|
---|
1967 | value is zero, the recording continues until you stop the
|
---|
1968 | recording.
|
---|
1969 | </para>
|
---|
1970 | </listitem>
|
---|
1971 |
|
---|
1972 | <listitem>
|
---|
1973 | <para>
|
---|
1974 | <option>--recordingopts
|
---|
1975 | <replaceable>keyword</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>[,<replaceable>keyword</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>
|
---|
1976 | ...]</option> specifies additional video-recording options
|
---|
1977 | in a comma-separated keyword-value format. For example,
|
---|
1978 | <computeroutput>foo=bar,a=b</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1979 | </para>
|
---|
1980 |
|
---|
1981 | <para>
|
---|
1982 | Only use this option only if you are an advanced user. For
|
---|
1983 | information about keywords, see <emphasis>Oracle VM
|
---|
1984 | VirtualBox Programming Guide and Reference</emphasis>.
|
---|
1985 | </para>
|
---|
1986 | </listitem>
|
---|
1987 |
|
---|
1988 | <listitem>
|
---|
1989 | <para>
|
---|
1990 | <option>--recordingvideofps
|
---|
1991 | <replaceable>fps</replaceable></option> specifies the
|
---|
1992 | maximum number of video frames per second (FPS) to record.
|
---|
1993 | Frames that have a higher frequency are skipped. Increasing
|
---|
1994 | this value reduces the number of skipped frames and
|
---|
1995 | increases the file size.
|
---|
1996 | </para>
|
---|
1997 | </listitem>
|
---|
1998 |
|
---|
1999 | <listitem>
|
---|
2000 | <para>
|
---|
2001 | <option>--recordingvideorate
|
---|
2002 | <replaceable>bit-rate</replaceable></option> specifies the
|
---|
2003 | bit rate of the video in kilobits per second. Increasing
|
---|
2004 | this value improves the appearance of the video at the cost
|
---|
2005 | of an increased file size.
|
---|
2006 | </para>
|
---|
2007 | </listitem>
|
---|
2008 |
|
---|
2009 | <listitem>
|
---|
2010 | <para>
|
---|
2011 | <option>--recordingvideores
|
---|
2012 | <replaceable>width</replaceable>x<replaceable>height</replaceable></option>
|
---|
2013 | specifies the video resolution of the recorded video in
|
---|
2014 | pixels.
|
---|
2015 | </para>
|
---|
2016 | </listitem>
|
---|
2017 |
|
---|
2018 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2019 |
|
---|
2020 | </sect2>
|
---|
2021 |
|
---|
2022 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde">
|
---|
2023 |
|
---|
2024 | <title>Remote Machine Settings</title>
|
---|
2025 |
|
---|
2026 | <para>
|
---|
2027 | The following settings that affect remote machine behavior are
|
---|
2028 | available through <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command>:
|
---|
2029 | </para>
|
---|
2030 |
|
---|
2031 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2032 |
|
---|
2033 | <listitem>
|
---|
2034 | <para>
|
---|
2035 | <computeroutput>--vrde on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
2036 | disables the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension (VRDE)
|
---|
2037 | server.
|
---|
2038 | </para>
|
---|
2039 | </listitem>
|
---|
2040 |
|
---|
2041 | <listitem>
|
---|
2042 | <para>
|
---|
2043 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2044 | "TCP/Ports|Address=<value>"</computeroutput>: Sets the
|
---|
2045 | port numbers and IP address on the VM that the VRDE server
|
---|
2046 | can bind to.
|
---|
2047 | </para>
|
---|
2048 |
|
---|
2049 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2050 |
|
---|
2051 | <listitem>
|
---|
2052 | <para>
|
---|
2053 | For TCP/Ports, <value> should be a port or a range
|
---|
2054 | of ports that the VRDE server can bind to.
|
---|
2055 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2056 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> means port 3389, the
|
---|
2057 | standard port for RDP. See the description for the
|
---|
2058 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
2059 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
2060 | </para>
|
---|
2061 | </listitem>
|
---|
2062 |
|
---|
2063 | <listitem>
|
---|
2064 | <para>
|
---|
2065 | For TCP/Address, <value> should be the IP address
|
---|
2066 | of the host network interface that the VRDE server will
|
---|
2067 | bind to. If specified, the server will accept
|
---|
2068 | connections only on the specified host network
|
---|
2069 | interface. See the description for the
|
---|
2070 | <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
2071 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
2072 | </para>
|
---|
2073 | </listitem>
|
---|
2074 |
|
---|
2075 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2076 | </listitem>
|
---|
2077 |
|
---|
2078 | <listitem>
|
---|
2079 | <para>
|
---|
2080 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2081 | "VideoChannel/Enabled|Quality|DownscaleProtection=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2082 | Sets the VRDP video redirection properties.
|
---|
2083 | </para>
|
---|
2084 |
|
---|
2085 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2086 |
|
---|
2087 | <listitem>
|
---|
2088 | <para>
|
---|
2089 | For VideoChannel/Enabled, <value> can be set to
|
---|
2090 | "1", switching the VRDP video channel on. See
|
---|
2091 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2092 | </para>
|
---|
2093 | </listitem>
|
---|
2094 |
|
---|
2095 | <listitem>
|
---|
2096 | <para>
|
---|
2097 | For VideoChannel/Quality, <value> should be set
|
---|
2098 | between 10 and 100% inclusive, representing a JPEG
|
---|
2099 | compression level on the VRDE server video channel.
|
---|
2100 | Lower values mean lower quality but higher compression.
|
---|
2101 | See <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2102 | </para>
|
---|
2103 | </listitem>
|
---|
2104 |
|
---|
2105 | <listitem>
|
---|
2106 | <para>
|
---|
2107 | For VideoChannel/DownscaleProtection, <value> can
|
---|
2108 | be set to "1" to enable the videochannel downscale
|
---|
2109 | protection feature. When enabled, if a video's size
|
---|
2110 | equals the shadow buffer size, then it is regarded as a
|
---|
2111 | full screen video, and is displayed. But if its size is
|
---|
2112 | between fullscreen and the downscale threshold then it
|
---|
2113 | is <emphasis>not</emphasis> displayed, as it could be an
|
---|
2114 | application window, which would be unreadable when
|
---|
2115 | downscaled. When the downscale protection feature is
|
---|
2116 | disabled, an attempt is always made to display videos.
|
---|
2117 | </para>
|
---|
2118 | </listitem>
|
---|
2119 |
|
---|
2120 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2121 | </listitem>
|
---|
2122 |
|
---|
2123 | <listitem>
|
---|
2124 | <para>
|
---|
2125 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2126 | "Client/DisableDisplay|DisableInput|DisableAudio|DisableUSB=1"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2127 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Display, Input,
|
---|
2128 | Audio or USB respectively. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
2129 | "Client/DisableDisplay=" for example. See
|
---|
2130 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
2131 | </para>
|
---|
2132 | </listitem>
|
---|
2133 |
|
---|
2134 | <listitem>
|
---|
2135 | <para>
|
---|
2136 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2137 | "Client/DisableClipboard|DisableUpstreamAudio=1"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2138 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Clipboard or
|
---|
2139 | UpstreamAudio respectively. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
2140 | "Client/DisableClipboard=" for example. See
|
---|
2141 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
2142 | </para>
|
---|
2143 | </listitem>
|
---|
2144 |
|
---|
2145 | <listitem>
|
---|
2146 | <para>
|
---|
2147 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2148 | "Client/DisableRDPDR=1"</computeroutput>: Disables the VRDE
|
---|
2149 | server feature: RDP device redirection for smart cards. To
|
---|
2150 | reenable this feature, use "Client/DisableRDPR=".
|
---|
2151 | </para>
|
---|
2152 | </listitem>
|
---|
2153 |
|
---|
2154 | <listitem>
|
---|
2155 | <para>
|
---|
2156 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2157 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=1"</computeroutput>: Enables the VRDE
|
---|
2158 | server feature: 3D redirection. To disable this feature, use
|
---|
2159 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=".
|
---|
2160 | </para>
|
---|
2161 | </listitem>
|
---|
2162 |
|
---|
2163 | <listitem>
|
---|
2164 | <para>
|
---|
2165 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2166 | "Security/Method|ServerCertificate|ServerPrivateKey|CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2167 | Sets the desired security method and path of server
|
---|
2168 | certificate, path of server private key, path of CA
|
---|
2169 | certificate, that are used for a connection.
|
---|
2170 | </para>
|
---|
2171 |
|
---|
2172 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2173 |
|
---|
2174 | <listitem>
|
---|
2175 | <para>
|
---|
2176 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2177 | "Security/Method=<value>"</computeroutput> sets
|
---|
2178 | the desired security method, which is used for a
|
---|
2179 | connection. Valid values are:
|
---|
2180 | </para>
|
---|
2181 |
|
---|
2182 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2183 |
|
---|
2184 | <listitem>
|
---|
2185 | <para>
|
---|
2186 | <computeroutput>Negotiate</computeroutput>: Both
|
---|
2187 | Enhanced (TLS) and Standard RDP Security connections
|
---|
2188 | are allowed. The security method is negotiated with
|
---|
2189 | the client. This is the default setting.
|
---|
2190 | </para>
|
---|
2191 | </listitem>
|
---|
2192 |
|
---|
2193 | <listitem>
|
---|
2194 | <para>
|
---|
2195 | <computeroutput>RDP</computeroutput>: Only Standard
|
---|
2196 | RDP Security is accepted.
|
---|
2197 | </para>
|
---|
2198 | </listitem>
|
---|
2199 |
|
---|
2200 | <listitem>
|
---|
2201 | <para>
|
---|
2202 | <computeroutput>TLS</computeroutput>: Only Enhanced
|
---|
2203 | RDP Security is accepted. The client must support
|
---|
2204 | TLS.
|
---|
2205 | </para>
|
---|
2206 | </listitem>
|
---|
2207 |
|
---|
2208 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2209 |
|
---|
2210 | <para>
|
---|
2211 | See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2212 | </para>
|
---|
2213 | </listitem>
|
---|
2214 |
|
---|
2215 | <listitem>
|
---|
2216 | <para>
|
---|
2217 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2218 | "Security/ServerCertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2219 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
2220 | certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2221 | </para>
|
---|
2222 | </listitem>
|
---|
2223 |
|
---|
2224 | <listitem>
|
---|
2225 | <para>
|
---|
2226 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2227 | "Security/ServerPrivateKey=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2228 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
2229 | private key. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2230 | </para>
|
---|
2231 | </listitem>
|
---|
2232 |
|
---|
2233 | <listitem>
|
---|
2234 | <para>
|
---|
2235 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2236 | "Security/CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2237 | where <value> is the absolute path of the CA self
|
---|
2238 | signed certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2239 | </para>
|
---|
2240 | </listitem>
|
---|
2241 |
|
---|
2242 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2243 | </listitem>
|
---|
2244 |
|
---|
2245 | <listitem>
|
---|
2246 | <para>
|
---|
2247 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2248 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode|LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2249 | sets the audio connection mode, or path of the audio
|
---|
2250 | logfile.
|
---|
2251 | </para>
|
---|
2252 |
|
---|
2253 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2254 |
|
---|
2255 | <listitem>
|
---|
2256 | <para>
|
---|
2257 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2258 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2259 | where <value> is the desired rate correction mode.
|
---|
2260 | Allowed values are:
|
---|
2261 | </para>
|
---|
2262 |
|
---|
2263 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2264 |
|
---|
2265 | <listitem>
|
---|
2266 | <para>
|
---|
2267 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_VOID</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2268 | No mode specified, use to unset any Audio mode
|
---|
2269 | already set.
|
---|
2270 | </para>
|
---|
2271 | </listitem>
|
---|
2272 |
|
---|
2273 | <listitem>
|
---|
2274 | <para>
|
---|
2275 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_RC</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2276 | Rate correction mode.
|
---|
2277 | </para>
|
---|
2278 | </listitem>
|
---|
2279 |
|
---|
2280 | <listitem>
|
---|
2281 | <para>
|
---|
2282 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_LPF</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2283 | Low pass filter mode.
|
---|
2284 | </para>
|
---|
2285 | </listitem>
|
---|
2286 |
|
---|
2287 | <listitem>
|
---|
2288 | <para>
|
---|
2289 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_CS</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2290 | Client sync mode to prevent underflow or overflow of
|
---|
2291 | the client queue.
|
---|
2292 | </para>
|
---|
2293 | </listitem>
|
---|
2294 |
|
---|
2295 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2296 | </listitem>
|
---|
2297 |
|
---|
2298 | <listitem>
|
---|
2299 | <para>
|
---|
2300 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2301 | "Audio/LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput> where
|
---|
2302 | <value> is the absolute path of the Audio log
|
---|
2303 | file.
|
---|
2304 | </para>
|
---|
2305 | </listitem>
|
---|
2306 |
|
---|
2307 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2308 | </listitem>
|
---|
2309 |
|
---|
2310 | <listitem>
|
---|
2311 | <para>
|
---|
2312 | <computeroutput>--vrdeextpack
|
---|
2313 | default|<name></computeroutput>: Specifies the library
|
---|
2314 | to use for accessing the VM remotely. The default is to use
|
---|
2315 | the RDP code which is part of the &product-name; Extension
|
---|
2316 | Pack.
|
---|
2317 | </para>
|
---|
2318 | </listitem>
|
---|
2319 |
|
---|
2320 | <listitem>
|
---|
2321 | <para>
|
---|
2322 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport
|
---|
2323 | default|<ports></computeroutput>: A port or a range of
|
---|
2324 | ports the VRDE server can bind to.
|
---|
2325 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2326 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> means port 3389, the
|
---|
2327 | standard port for RDP. You can specify a comma-separated
|
---|
2328 | list of ports or ranges of ports. Use a dash between two
|
---|
2329 | port numbers to specify a range. The VRDE server will bind
|
---|
2330 | to <emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available ports from the
|
---|
2331 | specified list. Only one machine can use a given port at a
|
---|
2332 | time. For example, the option <computeroutput> --vrdeport
|
---|
2333 | 5000,5010-5012</computeroutput> will tell the server to bind
|
---|
2334 | to one of following ports: 5000, 5010, 5011, or 5012.
|
---|
2335 | </para>
|
---|
2336 | </listitem>
|
---|
2337 |
|
---|
2338 | <listitem>
|
---|
2339 | <para>
|
---|
2340 | <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress <IP
|
---|
2341 | address></computeroutput>: The IP address of the host
|
---|
2342 | network interface the VRDE server will bind to. If
|
---|
2343 | specified, the server will accept connections only on the
|
---|
2344 | specified host network interface.
|
---|
2345 | </para>
|
---|
2346 |
|
---|
2347 | <para>
|
---|
2348 | The setting can be used to specify whether the VRDP server
|
---|
2349 | should accept either IPv4, IPv6, or both connections:
|
---|
2350 | </para>
|
---|
2351 |
|
---|
2352 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2353 |
|
---|
2354 | <listitem>
|
---|
2355 | <para>
|
---|
2356 | Only IPv4: <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress
|
---|
2357 | "0.0.0.0"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2358 | </para>
|
---|
2359 | </listitem>
|
---|
2360 |
|
---|
2361 | <listitem>
|
---|
2362 | <para>
|
---|
2363 | Only IPv6: <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress
|
---|
2364 | "::"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2365 | </para>
|
---|
2366 | </listitem>
|
---|
2367 |
|
---|
2368 | <listitem>
|
---|
2369 | <para>
|
---|
2370 | Both IPv6 and IPv4: <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress
|
---|
2371 | ""</computeroutput>
|
---|
2372 | </para>
|
---|
2373 |
|
---|
2374 | <para>
|
---|
2375 | This is the default setting.
|
---|
2376 | </para>
|
---|
2377 | </listitem>
|
---|
2378 |
|
---|
2379 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2380 | </listitem>
|
---|
2381 |
|
---|
2382 | <listitem>
|
---|
2383 | <para>
|
---|
2384 | <computeroutput>--vrdeauthtype
|
---|
2385 | null|external|guest</computeroutput>: Enables you to
|
---|
2386 | indicate use of authorization, and specify how authorization
|
---|
2387 | will be performed. See <xref linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
2388 | </para>
|
---|
2389 | </listitem>
|
---|
2390 |
|
---|
2391 | <listitem>
|
---|
2392 | <para>
|
---|
2393 | <computeroutput>--vrdeauthlibrary
|
---|
2394 | default|<name></computeroutput>: Specifies the library
|
---|
2395 | used for RDP authentication. See
|
---|
2396 | <xref linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
2397 | </para>
|
---|
2398 | </listitem>
|
---|
2399 |
|
---|
2400 | <listitem>
|
---|
2401 | <para>
|
---|
2402 | <computeroutput>--vrdemulticon on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2403 | Enables multiple connections to be made to the same VRDE
|
---|
2404 | server, if the server supports this feature. See
|
---|
2405 | <xref linkend="vrde-multiconnection" />.
|
---|
2406 | </para>
|
---|
2407 | </listitem>
|
---|
2408 |
|
---|
2409 | <listitem>
|
---|
2410 | <para>
|
---|
2411 | <computeroutput>--vrdereusecon on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
2412 | specifies the VRDE server behavior when multiple connections
|
---|
2413 | are disabled. When this option is enabled, the server will
|
---|
2414 | allow a new client to connect and will drop the existing
|
---|
2415 | connection. When this option is disabled, the default
|
---|
2416 | setting, a new connection will not be accepted if there is
|
---|
2417 | already a client connected to the server.
|
---|
2418 | </para>
|
---|
2419 | </listitem>
|
---|
2420 |
|
---|
2421 | <listitem>
|
---|
2422 | <para>
|
---|
2423 | <computeroutput>--vrdevideochannel on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2424 | Enables video redirection, if it is supported by the VRDE
|
---|
2425 | server. See <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2426 | </para>
|
---|
2427 | </listitem>
|
---|
2428 |
|
---|
2429 | <listitem>
|
---|
2430 | <para>
|
---|
2431 | <computeroutput>--vrdevideochannelquality
|
---|
2432 | <percent></computeroutput>: Specifies the image
|
---|
2433 | quality for video redirection. See
|
---|
2434 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2435 | </para>
|
---|
2436 | </listitem>
|
---|
2437 |
|
---|
2438 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2439 |
|
---|
2440 | </sect2>
|
---|
2441 |
|
---|
2442 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-teleport">
|
---|
2443 |
|
---|
2444 | <title>Teleporting Settings</title>
|
---|
2445 |
|
---|
2446 | <para>
|
---|
2447 | With the following commands for <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
2448 | modifyvm</command> you can configure a machine to be a target
|
---|
2449 | for teleporting. See <xref linkend="teleporting" />.
|
---|
2450 | </para>
|
---|
2451 |
|
---|
2452 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2453 |
|
---|
2454 | <listitem>
|
---|
2455 | <para>
|
---|
2456 | <computeroutput>--teleporter on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2457 | Enables and disables the teleporter feature whereby when the
|
---|
2458 | machine is started, it waits to receive a teleporting
|
---|
2459 | request from the network instead of booting normally.
|
---|
2460 | Teleporting requests are received on the port and address
|
---|
2461 | specified using the following parameters.
|
---|
2462 | </para>
|
---|
2463 | </listitem>
|
---|
2464 |
|
---|
2465 | <listitem>
|
---|
2466 | <para>
|
---|
2467 | <computeroutput>--teleporterport
|
---|
2468 | <port></computeroutput>,
|
---|
2469 | <computeroutput>--teleporteraddress
|
---|
2470 | <address></computeroutput>: These settings must be
|
---|
2471 | used with <computeroutput>--teleporter</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2472 | They specify the port and address the virtual machine should
|
---|
2473 | listen to in order to receive a teleporting request sent
|
---|
2474 | from another virtual machine.
|
---|
2475 | <computeroutput><port></computeroutput> can be any
|
---|
2476 | free TCP/IP port number, such as 6000.
|
---|
2477 | <computeroutput><address></computeroutput> can be any
|
---|
2478 | IP address or hostname and specifies the TCP/IP socket to
|
---|
2479 | bind to. The default is 0.0.0.0, which means any address.
|
---|
2480 | </para>
|
---|
2481 | </listitem>
|
---|
2482 |
|
---|
2483 | <listitem>
|
---|
2484 | <para>
|
---|
2485 | <computeroutput>--teleporterpassword
|
---|
2486 | <password></computeroutput>: If this optional setting
|
---|
2487 | is used, then the teleporting request will only succeed if
|
---|
2488 | the source machine specifies the same password as the one
|
---|
2489 | given with this command.
|
---|
2490 | </para>
|
---|
2491 | </listitem>
|
---|
2492 |
|
---|
2493 | <listitem>
|
---|
2494 | <para>
|
---|
2495 | <computeroutput>--teleporterpasswordfile
|
---|
2496 | <password></computeroutput>: If this optional setting
|
---|
2497 | is used, then the teleporting request will only succeed if
|
---|
2498 | the source machine specifies the same password as the one
|
---|
2499 | specified in the file give with this command. Use
|
---|
2500 | <computeroutput>stdin</computeroutput> to read the password
|
---|
2501 | from stdin.
|
---|
2502 | </para>
|
---|
2503 | </listitem>
|
---|
2504 |
|
---|
2505 | <listitem>
|
---|
2506 | <para>
|
---|
2507 | <computeroutput>--cpuid <leaf> <eax> <ebx>
|
---|
2508 | <ecx> <edx></computeroutput>: Advanced users can
|
---|
2509 | use this setting before a teleporting operation, to restrict
|
---|
2510 | the virtual CPU capabilities that &product-name; presents to
|
---|
2511 | the guest operating system. This must be run on both the
|
---|
2512 | source and the target machines involved in the teleporting
|
---|
2513 | and will then modify what the guest sees when it executes
|
---|
2514 | the <computeroutput>CPUID</computeroutput> machine
|
---|
2515 | instruction. This might help with misbehaving applications
|
---|
2516 | that wrongly assume that certain CPU capabilities are
|
---|
2517 | present. The meaning of the parameters is hardware
|
---|
2518 | dependent, refer to the AMD or Intel processor
|
---|
2519 | documentation.
|
---|
2520 | </para>
|
---|
2521 | </listitem>
|
---|
2522 |
|
---|
2523 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2524 |
|
---|
2525 | </sect2>
|
---|
2526 |
|
---|
2527 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-debugging">
|
---|
2528 |
|
---|
2529 | <title>Debugging Settings</title>
|
---|
2530 |
|
---|
2531 | <para>
|
---|
2532 | The following settings are only relevant for low-level VM
|
---|
2533 | debugging. Regular users will never need these settings.
|
---|
2534 | </para>
|
---|
2535 |
|
---|
2536 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2537 |
|
---|
2538 | <listitem>
|
---|
2539 | <para>
|
---|
2540 | <computeroutput>--tracing-enabled on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2541 | Enables the tracebuffer. This consumes some memory for the
|
---|
2542 | tracebuffer and adds extra overhead.
|
---|
2543 | </para>
|
---|
2544 | </listitem>
|
---|
2545 |
|
---|
2546 | <listitem>
|
---|
2547 | <para>
|
---|
2548 | <computeroutput>--tracing-config
|
---|
2549 | <config-string></computeroutput>: Enables tracing
|
---|
2550 | configuration. In particular, this defines which group of
|
---|
2551 | tracepoints are enabled.
|
---|
2552 | </para>
|
---|
2553 | </listitem>
|
---|
2554 |
|
---|
2555 | <listitem>
|
---|
2556 | <para>
|
---|
2557 | <computeroutput>--tracing-allow-vm-access
|
---|
2558 | on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and disables VM access to
|
---|
2559 | the tracebuffer. By default, this setting is disabled.
|
---|
2560 | </para>
|
---|
2561 | </listitem>
|
---|
2562 |
|
---|
2563 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2564 |
|
---|
2565 | </sect2>
|
---|
2566 |
|
---|
2567 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-usbcardreader">
|
---|
2568 |
|
---|
2569 | <title>USB Card Reader Settings</title>
|
---|
2570 |
|
---|
2571 | <para>
|
---|
2572 | The following setting defines access to a USB Card Reader by the
|
---|
2573 | guest environment. USB card readers are typically used for
|
---|
2574 | accessing data on memory cards such as CompactFlash (CF), Secure
|
---|
2575 | Digital (SD), or MultiMediaCard (MMC).
|
---|
2576 | </para>
|
---|
2577 |
|
---|
2578 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2579 |
|
---|
2580 | <listitem>
|
---|
2581 | <para>
|
---|
2582 | <computeroutput>--usbcardreader on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2583 | Enables and disables the USB card reader interface.
|
---|
2584 | </para>
|
---|
2585 | </listitem>
|
---|
2586 |
|
---|
2587 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2588 |
|
---|
2589 | </sect2>
|
---|
2590 |
|
---|
2591 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-autostart">
|
---|
2592 |
|
---|
2593 | <title>Autostarting VMs During Host System Boot</title>
|
---|
2594 |
|
---|
2595 | <para>
|
---|
2596 | These settings configure the VM autostart feature, which
|
---|
2597 | automatically starts the VM at host system boot-up. Note that
|
---|
2598 | there are prerequisites that need to be addressed before using
|
---|
2599 | this feature. See <xref linkend="autostart" />.
|
---|
2600 | </para>
|
---|
2601 |
|
---|
2602 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2603 |
|
---|
2604 | <listitem>
|
---|
2605 | <para>
|
---|
2606 | <computeroutput>--autostart-enabled on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2607 | Enables and disables VM autostart at host system boot-up,
|
---|
2608 | using the specified user name.
|
---|
2609 | </para>
|
---|
2610 | </listitem>
|
---|
2611 |
|
---|
2612 | <listitem>
|
---|
2613 | <para>
|
---|
2614 | <computeroutput>--autostart-delay
|
---|
2615 | <seconds></computeroutput>: Specifies a delay, in
|
---|
2616 | seconds, following host system boot-up, before the VM
|
---|
2617 | autostarts.
|
---|
2618 | </para>
|
---|
2619 | </listitem>
|
---|
2620 |
|
---|
2621 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2622 |
|
---|
2623 | </sect2>
|
---|
2624 |
|
---|
2625 | </sect1>
|
---|
2626 |
|
---|
2627 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-movevm">
|
---|
2628 |
|
---|
2629 | <title>VBoxManage movevm</title>
|
---|
2630 |
|
---|
2631 | <para>
|
---|
2632 | This command moves a virtual machine to a new location on the
|
---|
2633 | host.
|
---|
2634 | </para>
|
---|
2635 |
|
---|
2636 | <para>
|
---|
2637 | Associated files of the virtual machine, such as settings files
|
---|
2638 | and disk image files, are moved to the new location. The
|
---|
2639 | &product-name; configuration is updated automatically.
|
---|
2640 | </para>
|
---|
2641 |
|
---|
2642 | <para>
|
---|
2643 | The <command>movevm</command> subcommand requires the name of the
|
---|
2644 | virtual machine which should be moved.
|
---|
2645 | </para>
|
---|
2646 |
|
---|
2647 | <para>
|
---|
2648 | Also required is the type of move operation, specified by
|
---|
2649 | <computeroutput>--type basic</computeroutput>. Other types of move
|
---|
2650 | operation may be supported in future releases.
|
---|
2651 | </para>
|
---|
2652 |
|
---|
2653 | <para>
|
---|
2654 | The <computeroutput>--folder</computeroutput> setting configures
|
---|
2655 | the new location on the host file system. Enter a relative
|
---|
2656 | pathname or a full pathname.
|
---|
2657 | </para>
|
---|
2658 |
|
---|
2659 | </sect1>
|
---|
2660 |
|
---|
2661 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-import">
|
---|
2662 |
|
---|
2663 | <title>VBoxManage import</title>
|
---|
2664 |
|
---|
2665 | <para>
|
---|
2666 | This command imports one or more virtual machines into
|
---|
2667 | &product-name;. You can import from either of the following:
|
---|
2668 | </para>
|
---|
2669 |
|
---|
2670 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2671 |
|
---|
2672 | <listitem>
|
---|
2673 | <para>
|
---|
2674 | A virtual appliance in OVF format.
|
---|
2675 | </para>
|
---|
2676 | </listitem>
|
---|
2677 |
|
---|
2678 | <listitem>
|
---|
2679 | <para>
|
---|
2680 | A cloud service, such as &oci;. Only a single cloud instance
|
---|
2681 | can be imported.
|
---|
2682 | </para>
|
---|
2683 | </listitem>
|
---|
2684 |
|
---|
2685 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2686 |
|
---|
2687 | <para>
|
---|
2688 | See <xref linkend="ovf" /> for more details on importing VMs into
|
---|
2689 | &product-name;.
|
---|
2690 | </para>
|
---|
2691 |
|
---|
2692 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-import-ovf">
|
---|
2693 |
|
---|
2694 | <title>Import from OVF</title>
|
---|
2695 |
|
---|
2696 | <para>
|
---|
2697 | The <command>import</command> subcommand takes at least the path
|
---|
2698 | name of an OVF file as input and expects the disk images, if
|
---|
2699 | needed, to be in the same directory as the OVF file. Many
|
---|
2700 | additional command-line options are supported. These enable you
|
---|
2701 | to control in detail what is being imported and to modify the
|
---|
2702 | import parameters, depending on the content of the OVF file.
|
---|
2703 | </para>
|
---|
2704 |
|
---|
2705 | <para>
|
---|
2706 | It is therefore recommended to first run the
|
---|
2707 | <command>import</command> subcommand with the
|
---|
2708 | <computeroutput>--dry-run</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2709 | <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> option. This will then print
|
---|
2710 | a description of the appliance's contents to the screen how it
|
---|
2711 | would be imported into &product-name;, together with the
|
---|
2712 | optional command-line options to influence the import behavior.
|
---|
2713 | </para>
|
---|
2714 |
|
---|
2715 | <para>
|
---|
2716 | Use of the <computeroutput>--options
|
---|
2717 | keepallmacs|keepnatmacs|keepdisknames</computeroutput> option
|
---|
2718 | enables additional fine tuning of the import operation. The
|
---|
2719 | first two options enable you to specify how the MAC addresses of
|
---|
2720 | every virtual network card should be handled. They can either be
|
---|
2721 | reinitialized, which is the default setting, left unchanged
|
---|
2722 | (<computeroutput>keepallmacs</computeroutput>) or left unchanged
|
---|
2723 | when the network type is NAT
|
---|
2724 | (<computeroutput>keepnatmacs</computeroutput>). If you add
|
---|
2725 | <computeroutput>keepdisknames</computeroutput> all new disk
|
---|
2726 | images are assigned the same names as the originals, otherwise
|
---|
2727 | they are renamed.
|
---|
2728 | </para>
|
---|
2729 |
|
---|
2730 | <para>
|
---|
2731 | As an example, the following is a screen output for a sample
|
---|
2732 | appliance containing a Windows XP guest:
|
---|
2733 | </para>
|
---|
2734 |
|
---|
2735 | <screen>VBoxManage import WindowsXp.ovf --dry-run
|
---|
2736 | Interpreting WindowsXp.ovf...
|
---|
2737 | OK.
|
---|
2738 | Virtual system 0:
|
---|
2739 | 0: Suggested OS type: "WindowsXP"
|
---|
2740 | (change with "--vsys 0 --ostype <type>"; use "list ostypes" to list all)
|
---|
2741 | 1: Suggested VM name "Windows XP Professional_1"
|
---|
2742 | (change with "--vsys 0 --vmname <name>")
|
---|
2743 | 2: Suggested VM group "/"
|
---|
2744 | (change with "--vsys 0 --group <group>")
|
---|
2745 | 3: Suggested VM settings file name "/home/klaus/VirtualBox VMs/dummy2 2/dummy2 2.vbox"
|
---|
2746 | (change with "--vsys 0 --settingsfile <filename>")
|
---|
2747 | 4: Suggested VM base folder "/home/klaus/VirtualBox VMs"
|
---|
2748 | (change with "--vsys 0 --basefolder <path>")
|
---|
2749 | 5: End-user license agreement
|
---|
2750 | (display with "--vsys 0 --eula show";
|
---|
2751 | accept with "--vsys 0 --eula accept")
|
---|
2752 | 6: Number of CPUs: 1
|
---|
2753 | (change with "--vsys 0 --cpus <n>")
|
---|
2754 | 7: Guest memory: 956 MB (change with "--vsys 0 --memory <MB>")
|
---|
2755 | 8: Sound card (appliance expects "ensoniq1371", can change on import)
|
---|
2756 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 5 --ignore")
|
---|
2757 | 9: USB controller
|
---|
2758 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 6 --ignore")
|
---|
2759 | 10: Network adapter: orig bridged, config 2, extra type=bridged
|
---|
2760 | 11: Floppy
|
---|
2761 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 8 --ignore")
|
---|
2762 | 12: SCSI controller, type BusLogic
|
---|
2763 | (change with "--vsys 0 --unit 9 --scsitype {BusLogic|LsiLogic}";
|
---|
2764 | disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 9 --ignore")
|
---|
2765 | 13: IDE controller, type PIIX4
|
---|
2766 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 10 --ignore")
|
---|
2767 | 14: Hard disk image: source image=WindowsXp.vmdk,
|
---|
2768 | target path=/home/user/disks/WindowsXp.vmdk, controller=9;channel=0
|
---|
2769 | (change controller with "--vsys 0 --unit 11 --controller <id>";
|
---|
2770 | disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 11 --ignore")</screen>
|
---|
2771 |
|
---|
2772 | <para>
|
---|
2773 | The individual configuration items are numbered, and depending
|
---|
2774 | on their type support different command-line options. The import
|
---|
2775 | subcommand can be directed to ignore many such items with a
|
---|
2776 | <computeroutput>--vsys X --unit Y --ignore</computeroutput>
|
---|
2777 | option, where X is the number of the virtual system and Y the
|
---|
2778 | item number, as printed on the screen. X is zero, unless there
|
---|
2779 | are several virtual system descriptions in the appliance.
|
---|
2780 | </para>
|
---|
2781 |
|
---|
2782 | <para>
|
---|
2783 | In the above example, Item #1 specifies the name of the target
|
---|
2784 | machine in &product-name;. Items #12 and #13 specify hard disk
|
---|
2785 | controllers, respectively. Item #14 describes a hard disk image.
|
---|
2786 | In this case, the additional
|
---|
2787 | <computeroutput>--controller</computeroutput> option indicates
|
---|
2788 | which item the disk image should be connected to, with the
|
---|
2789 | default coming from the OVF file.
|
---|
2790 | </para>
|
---|
2791 |
|
---|
2792 | <para>
|
---|
2793 | You can combine several items for the same virtual system using
|
---|
2794 | the <computeroutput>--vsys</computeroutput> option. For example,
|
---|
2795 | to import a machine as described in the OVF, but without the
|
---|
2796 | sound card and without the USB controller, and with the disk
|
---|
2797 | image connected to the IDE controller instead of the SCSI
|
---|
2798 | controller, use the following command:
|
---|
2799 | </para>
|
---|
2800 |
|
---|
2801 | <screen>VBoxManage import WindowsXp.ovf
|
---|
2802 | --vsys 0 --unit 8 --ignore --unit 9 --ignore --unit 14 --controller 13</screen>
|
---|
2803 |
|
---|
2804 | </sect2>
|
---|
2805 |
|
---|
2806 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-import-cloud">
|
---|
2807 |
|
---|
2808 | <title>Import from &oci;</title>
|
---|
2809 |
|
---|
2810 | <para>
|
---|
2811 | As the result of this operation, a file with the suffix
|
---|
2812 | <filename>.oci</filename> is downloaded to the local host. This
|
---|
2813 | file is a TAR archive which contains a bootable instance image
|
---|
2814 | in QCOW2 format and a JSON file with some metadata related to
|
---|
2815 | the imported instance.
|
---|
2816 | </para>
|
---|
2817 |
|
---|
2818 | <para>
|
---|
2819 | The downloaded file is deleted after a successful import. If
|
---|
2820 | import fails, the downloaded file may not be deleted and the
|
---|
2821 | VBoxSVC log file may indicate the location where the file was
|
---|
2822 | stored.
|
---|
2823 | </para>
|
---|
2824 |
|
---|
2825 | <para>
|
---|
2826 | During import the bootable image is extracted from the archive
|
---|
2827 | and converted into VMDK format. The JSON file is also extracted
|
---|
2828 | and stored in the VM machine folder.
|
---|
2829 | </para>
|
---|
2830 |
|
---|
2831 | <para>
|
---|
2832 | The command syntax for importing an &oci; instance begins with
|
---|
2833 | <command>VBoxManage import OCI:// --cloud</command>.
|
---|
2834 | </para>
|
---|
2835 |
|
---|
2836 | <para>
|
---|
2837 | You can list the available &oci; VM instances and their IDs by
|
---|
2838 | using the following command:
|
---|
2839 | </para>
|
---|
2840 |
|
---|
2841 | <screen>VBoxManage cloud --provider=OCI --profile=<replaceable>cloud-profile-name</replaceable> list instances</screen>
|
---|
2842 |
|
---|
2843 | <para>
|
---|
2844 | To import a VM from a cloud service such as &oci;, use the
|
---|
2845 | <option>--cloud</option> option to specify the import from the
|
---|
2846 | Cloud. Some of the following options are settings for the VM,
|
---|
2847 | for others you must enter an Oracle Cloud Identifier (OCID) for
|
---|
2848 | a resource. Use the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Console to view
|
---|
2849 | OCIDs.
|
---|
2850 | </para>
|
---|
2851 |
|
---|
2852 | <para>
|
---|
2853 | The following parameters can be specified:
|
---|
2854 | </para>
|
---|
2855 |
|
---|
2856 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2857 |
|
---|
2858 | <listitem>
|
---|
2859 | <para>
|
---|
2860 | <option>--vmname</option>: Specifies a new name for the
|
---|
2861 | imported VM. This name is used as the VM name by
|
---|
2862 | &product-name;.
|
---|
2863 | </para>
|
---|
2864 | </listitem>
|
---|
2865 |
|
---|
2866 | <listitem>
|
---|
2867 | <para>
|
---|
2868 | <option>--cloudinstanceid</option>: The ID of an existing
|
---|
2869 | instance in the Cloud.
|
---|
2870 | </para>
|
---|
2871 | </listitem>
|
---|
2872 |
|
---|
2873 | <listitem>
|
---|
2874 | <para>
|
---|
2875 | <option>--cloudprofile</option>: Specifies the cloud profile
|
---|
2876 | that is used to connect to the cloud service provider. The
|
---|
2877 | cloud profile contains your &oci; account details, such as
|
---|
2878 | your user OCID and the fingerprint for your public key. To
|
---|
2879 | use a cloud profile, you must have the required permissions
|
---|
2880 | on &oci;.
|
---|
2881 | </para>
|
---|
2882 | </listitem>
|
---|
2883 |
|
---|
2884 | <listitem>
|
---|
2885 | <para>
|
---|
2886 | <option>--cloudbucket</option>: Specifies the bucket name in
|
---|
2887 | which to store the object created from an instance bootable
|
---|
2888 | volume. In &oci;, a bucket is a logical container for
|
---|
2889 | storing objects.
|
---|
2890 | </para>
|
---|
2891 | </listitem>
|
---|
2892 |
|
---|
2893 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2894 |
|
---|
2895 | <para>
|
---|
2896 | The following import options have the same meaning as for OVF
|
---|
2897 | import:
|
---|
2898 | </para>
|
---|
2899 |
|
---|
2900 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2901 |
|
---|
2902 | <listitem>
|
---|
2903 | <para>
|
---|
2904 | <option>--ostype</option>: An OS type supported by
|
---|
2905 | &product-name;. Use the <command>VBoxManage list
|
---|
2906 | ostypes</command> command to see the whole list of supported
|
---|
2907 | OSes. If the type was not set, the
|
---|
2908 | <literal>Unknown</literal> type is used.
|
---|
2909 | </para>
|
---|
2910 | </listitem>
|
---|
2911 |
|
---|
2912 | <listitem>
|
---|
2913 | <para>
|
---|
2914 | <option>--basefolder</option>: The folder where the new VM
|
---|
2915 | is stored.
|
---|
2916 | </para>
|
---|
2917 | </listitem>
|
---|
2918 |
|
---|
2919 | <listitem>
|
---|
2920 | <para>
|
---|
2921 | <option>--description</option>: A string describing the VM.
|
---|
2922 | </para>
|
---|
2923 | </listitem>
|
---|
2924 |
|
---|
2925 | <listitem>
|
---|
2926 | <para>
|
---|
2927 | <option>--memory</option>: The amount of RAM memory assigned
|
---|
2928 | for the VM, in MB. If this option is not set either the
|
---|
2929 | default memory size for the OS type is used, or the value is
|
---|
2930 | taken from the &oci; instance.
|
---|
2931 | </para>
|
---|
2932 | </listitem>
|
---|
2933 |
|
---|
2934 | <listitem>
|
---|
2935 | <para>
|
---|
2936 | <option>--cpus</option>: the number of virtual CPUs assigned
|
---|
2937 | for the VM. If this option is not set, either the default
|
---|
2938 | virtual CPUs setting for the OS type is used, or the value
|
---|
2939 | is taken from the &oci; instance.
|
---|
2940 | </para>
|
---|
2941 | </listitem>
|
---|
2942 |
|
---|
2943 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2944 |
|
---|
2945 | <para>
|
---|
2946 | The import options <option>--disk</option>,
|
---|
2947 | <option>--controller</option>, <option>--scsitype</option>,
|
---|
2948 | <option>--unit</option>, <option>--settingsfile</option> are not
|
---|
2949 | valid for cloud import.
|
---|
2950 | </para>
|
---|
2951 |
|
---|
2952 | <para>
|
---|
2953 | The following example shows a typical command line for importing
|
---|
2954 | an instance from &oci;:
|
---|
2955 | </para>
|
---|
2956 |
|
---|
2957 | <screen># VBoxManage import OCI:// --cloud --vmname import_from_oci --memory 4000
|
---|
2958 | --cpus 3 --ostype FreeBSD_64 --cloudprofile "standard user"
|
---|
2959 | --cloudinstanceid ocid1.instance.oc1.iad.abuwc... --cloudbucket myBucket</screen>
|
---|
2960 |
|
---|
2961 | </sect2>
|
---|
2962 |
|
---|
2963 | </sect1>
|
---|
2964 |
|
---|
2965 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-export">
|
---|
2966 |
|
---|
2967 | <title>VBoxManage export</title>
|
---|
2968 |
|
---|
2969 | <para>
|
---|
2970 | This command exports one or more virtual machines from
|
---|
2971 | &product-name;. You can export to either of the following:
|
---|
2972 | </para>
|
---|
2973 |
|
---|
2974 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2975 |
|
---|
2976 | <listitem>
|
---|
2977 | <para>
|
---|
2978 | A virtual appliance in OVF format, including copying their
|
---|
2979 | virtual disk images to compressed VMDK.
|
---|
2980 | </para>
|
---|
2981 | </listitem>
|
---|
2982 |
|
---|
2983 | <listitem>
|
---|
2984 | <para>
|
---|
2985 | A cloud service, such as &oci;. A single VM can be exported in
|
---|
2986 | VMDK format.
|
---|
2987 | </para>
|
---|
2988 | </listitem>
|
---|
2989 |
|
---|
2990 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2991 |
|
---|
2992 | <para>
|
---|
2993 | See <xref linkend="ovf" /> for more details on exporting VMs from
|
---|
2994 | &product-name;.
|
---|
2995 | </para>
|
---|
2996 |
|
---|
2997 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-export-ovf">
|
---|
2998 |
|
---|
2999 | <title>Export to OVF</title>
|
---|
3000 |
|
---|
3001 | <para>
|
---|
3002 | List the machine, or the machines, that you would like to export
|
---|
3003 | to the same OVF file and specify the target OVF file after an
|
---|
3004 | additional <computeroutput>--output</computeroutput> or
|
---|
3005 | <computeroutput>-o</computeroutput> option. Note that the
|
---|
3006 | directory of the target OVF file will also receive the exported
|
---|
3007 | disk images in the compressed VMDK format, regardless of the
|
---|
3008 | original format, and should have enough disk space left for
|
---|
3009 | them.
|
---|
3010 | </para>
|
---|
3011 |
|
---|
3012 | <para>
|
---|
3013 | Beside a simple export of a given virtual machine, you can
|
---|
3014 | append several product information to the appliance file. Use
|
---|
3015 | <computeroutput>--product</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3016 | <computeroutput>--producturl</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3017 | <computeroutput>--vendor</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3018 | <computeroutput>--vendorurl</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3019 | <computeroutput>--version</computeroutput> and
|
---|
3020 | <computeroutput>--description</computeroutput> to specify this
|
---|
3021 | additional information. For legal reasons you may add a license
|
---|
3022 | text or the content of a license file by using the
|
---|
3023 | <computeroutput>--eula</computeroutput> and
|
---|
3024 | <computeroutput>--eulafile</computeroutput> option respectively.
|
---|
3025 | </para>
|
---|
3026 |
|
---|
3027 | <para>
|
---|
3028 | As with OVF import, you use the <computeroutput>--vsys
|
---|
3029 | X</computeroutput> option to apply these options to the correct
|
---|
3030 | virtual machine.
|
---|
3031 | </para>
|
---|
3032 |
|
---|
3033 | <para>
|
---|
3034 | For virtualization products which are not fully compatible with
|
---|
3035 | the OVF standard 1.0 you can enable an OVF 0.9 legacy mode with
|
---|
3036 | the <computeroutput>--legacy09</computeroutput> option. Other
|
---|
3037 | options are <computeroutput>--ovf09</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3038 | <computeroutput>--ovf10</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3039 | <computeroutput>--ovf20</computeroutput>.
|
---|
3040 | </para>
|
---|
3041 |
|
---|
3042 | <para>
|
---|
3043 | To specify options controlling the exact content of the
|
---|
3044 | appliance file, you can use <option>--options</option> to
|
---|
3045 | request the creation of a manifest file, which enables detection
|
---|
3046 | of corrupted appliances on import, the additional export of DVD
|
---|
3047 | images, and the exclusion of MAC addresses. You can specify a
|
---|
3048 | list of options, such as <option>--options
|
---|
3049 | manifest,nomacs</option>. For details, check the help output of
|
---|
3050 | <command>VBoxManage export</command>.
|
---|
3051 | </para>
|
---|
3052 |
|
---|
3053 | </sect2>
|
---|
3054 |
|
---|
3055 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-export-cloud">
|
---|
3056 |
|
---|
3057 | <title>Export to &oci;</title>
|
---|
3058 |
|
---|
3059 | <para>
|
---|
3060 | By default, an exported disk image is converted into stream VMDK
|
---|
3061 | format. This ensures compatibility with &oci;.
|
---|
3062 | </para>
|
---|
3063 |
|
---|
3064 | <para>
|
---|
3065 | List the machine that you want to export to &oci; and specify
|
---|
3066 | the target cloud service provider by using the
|
---|
3067 | <computeroutput>--output</computeroutput> or
|
---|
3068 | <computeroutput>-o</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
3069 | </para>
|
---|
3070 |
|
---|
3071 | <para>
|
---|
3072 | To export a VM to a cloud service such as &oci;, use the
|
---|
3073 | <option>--cloud</option> option to specify the VM to export.
|
---|
3074 | This option works in the same way as the <option>--vsys</option>
|
---|
3075 | option for OVF export.
|
---|
3076 | </para>
|
---|
3077 |
|
---|
3078 | <para>
|
---|
3079 | Some of the following options are settings for the VM instance.
|
---|
3080 | As a result, you must enter an Oracle Cloud Identifier (OCID)
|
---|
3081 | for a resource. Use the &oci; Console to view OCIDs.
|
---|
3082 | </para>
|
---|
3083 |
|
---|
3084 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3085 |
|
---|
3086 | <listitem>
|
---|
3087 | <para>
|
---|
3088 | <option>--output/-o</option>: Specifies the short name of
|
---|
3089 | the cloud service provider to which you export. For &oci;,
|
---|
3090 | enter <computeroutput>OCI://</computeroutput>.
|
---|
3091 | </para>
|
---|
3092 | </listitem>
|
---|
3093 |
|
---|
3094 | <listitem>
|
---|
3095 | <para>
|
---|
3096 | <option>--cloud</option>
|
---|
3097 | <replaceable>number-of-virtual-system</replaceable>:
|
---|
3098 | Specifies a number that identifies the VM that you are
|
---|
3099 | exporting. Numbering starts at
|
---|
3100 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> for the first VM.
|
---|
3101 | </para>
|
---|
3102 | </listitem>
|
---|
3103 |
|
---|
3104 | <listitem>
|
---|
3105 | <para>
|
---|
3106 | <option>--vmname</option> <replaceable>name</replaceable>:
|
---|
3107 | Specifies the name of the exported VM. This name is used as
|
---|
3108 | the VM instance name in &oci;.
|
---|
3109 | </para>
|
---|
3110 | </listitem>
|
---|
3111 |
|
---|
3112 | <listitem>
|
---|
3113 | <para>
|
---|
3114 | <option>--cloudprofile</option>
|
---|
3115 | <replaceable>cloud-profile-name</replaceable>: Specifies the
|
---|
3116 | cloud profile that is used to connect to the cloud service
|
---|
3117 | provider. The cloud profile contains your &oci; account
|
---|
3118 | details, such as your user OCID and the fingerprint for your
|
---|
3119 | public key. See <xref linkend="cloud-export-oci"/>.
|
---|
3120 | </para>
|
---|
3121 |
|
---|
3122 | <para>
|
---|
3123 | To use a cloud profile, you must have the required
|
---|
3124 | permissions on &oci;.
|
---|
3125 | </para>
|
---|
3126 | </listitem>
|
---|
3127 |
|
---|
3128 | <listitem>
|
---|
3129 | <para>
|
---|
3130 | <option>--cloudshape</option>
|
---|
3131 | <replaceable>shape</replaceable>: Specifies the shape used
|
---|
3132 | for the VM instance. The shape defines the number of CPUs
|
---|
3133 | and the amount of memory allocated to the VM instance. The
|
---|
3134 | shape must be compatible with the exported image.
|
---|
3135 | </para>
|
---|
3136 | </listitem>
|
---|
3137 |
|
---|
3138 | <listitem>
|
---|
3139 | <para>
|
---|
3140 | <option>--clouddomain</option>
|
---|
3141 | <replaceable>domain</replaceable>: Specifies the
|
---|
3142 | availability domain to use for the VM instance. Enter the
|
---|
3143 | full name of the availability domain.
|
---|
3144 | </para>
|
---|
3145 | </listitem>
|
---|
3146 |
|
---|
3147 | <listitem>
|
---|
3148 | <para>
|
---|
3149 | <option>--clouddisksize</option>
|
---|
3150 | <replaceable>disk-size-in-GB</replaceable>: Specifies the
|
---|
3151 | disk size used for the exported disk image in gigabytes. The
|
---|
3152 | minimum value is 50 GB and the maximum value is 300 GB.
|
---|
3153 | </para>
|
---|
3154 | </listitem>
|
---|
3155 |
|
---|
3156 | <listitem>
|
---|
3157 | <para>
|
---|
3158 | <option>--cloudbucket</option>
|
---|
3159 | <replaceable>bucket-name</replaceable>: Specifies the bucket
|
---|
3160 | in which to store the uploaded files. In &oci;, a bucket is
|
---|
3161 | a logical container for storing objects.
|
---|
3162 | </para>
|
---|
3163 | </listitem>
|
---|
3164 |
|
---|
3165 | <listitem>
|
---|
3166 | <para>
|
---|
3167 | <option>--cloudocivcn</option>
|
---|
3168 | <replaceable>OCI-vcn-ID</replaceable>: Specifies the virtual
|
---|
3169 | cloud network (VCN) to use for the VM instance. Enter the
|
---|
3170 | OCID for the VCN.
|
---|
3171 | </para>
|
---|
3172 | </listitem>
|
---|
3173 |
|
---|
3174 | <listitem>
|
---|
3175 | <para>
|
---|
3176 | <option>--cloudocisubnet</option>
|
---|
3177 | <replaceable>OCI-subnet-ID</replaceable>: Specifies the
|
---|
3178 | subnet of the VCN to use for the VM instance. Enter the OCID
|
---|
3179 | for the subnet.
|
---|
3180 | </para>
|
---|
3181 | </listitem>
|
---|
3182 |
|
---|
3183 | <listitem>
|
---|
3184 | <para>
|
---|
3185 | <option>--cloudkeepobject true | false</option>: Specifies
|
---|
3186 | whether to store the exported disk image in Oracle Object
|
---|
3187 | Storage.
|
---|
3188 | </para>
|
---|
3189 | </listitem>
|
---|
3190 |
|
---|
3191 | <listitem>
|
---|
3192 | <para>
|
---|
3193 | <option>--cloudlaunchinstance true | false</option>:
|
---|
3194 | Specifies whether to start the VM instance after the export
|
---|
3195 | to &oci; completes.
|
---|
3196 | </para>
|
---|
3197 | </listitem>
|
---|
3198 |
|
---|
3199 | <listitem>
|
---|
3200 | <para>
|
---|
3201 | <option>--cloudpublicip true | false</option>: Specifies
|
---|
3202 | whether to enable a public IP address for the VM instance.
|
---|
3203 | </para>
|
---|
3204 | </listitem>
|
---|
3205 |
|
---|
3206 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3207 |
|
---|
3208 | <para>
|
---|
3209 | The following example shows a typical command line for exporting
|
---|
3210 | a VM to &oci;.
|
---|
3211 | </para>
|
---|
3212 |
|
---|
3213 | <screen># VBoxManage export myVM --output OCI:// --cloud 0 --vmname myVM_Cloud \
|
---|
3214 | --cloudprofile "standard user" --cloudbucket myBucket \
|
---|
3215 | --cloudshape VM.Standard2.1 --clouddomain US-ASHBURN-AD-1 --clouddisksize 50 \
|
---|
3216 | --cloudocivcn ocid1.vcn.oc1.iad.aaaa... --cloudocisubnet ocid1.subnet.oc1.iad.aaaa... \
|
---|
3217 | --cloudkeepobject true --cloudlaunchinstance true --cloudpublicip true</screen>
|
---|
3218 |
|
---|
3219 | </sect2>
|
---|
3220 |
|
---|
3221 | </sect1>
|
---|
3222 |
|
---|
3223 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-startvm">
|
---|
3224 |
|
---|
3225 | <title>VBoxManage startvm</title>
|
---|
3226 |
|
---|
3227 | <para>
|
---|
3228 | This command starts a virtual machine that is currently in the
|
---|
3229 | Powered Off or Saved states.
|
---|
3230 | </para>
|
---|
3231 |
|
---|
3232 | <para>
|
---|
3233 | The optional <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput> specifier
|
---|
3234 | determines whether the machine will be started in a window or
|
---|
3235 | whether the output should go through
|
---|
3236 | <command>VBoxHeadless</command>, with VRDE enabled or not. See
|
---|
3237 | <xref linkend="vboxheadless" />. The list of types is subject to
|
---|
3238 | change, and it is not guaranteed that all types are accepted by
|
---|
3239 | any product variant.
|
---|
3240 | </para>
|
---|
3241 |
|
---|
3242 | <para>
|
---|
3243 | The global or per-VM default value for the VM frontend type will
|
---|
3244 | be taken if the type is not explicitly specified. If none of these
|
---|
3245 | are set, the GUI variant will be started.
|
---|
3246 | </para>
|
---|
3247 |
|
---|
3248 | <para>
|
---|
3249 | The following values are allowed:
|
---|
3250 | </para>
|
---|
3251 |
|
---|
3252 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3253 |
|
---|
3254 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3255 | <term>
|
---|
3256 | <computeroutput>gui</computeroutput>
|
---|
3257 | </term>
|
---|
3258 |
|
---|
3259 | <listitem>
|
---|
3260 | <para>
|
---|
3261 | Starts a VM showing a GUI window. This is the default.
|
---|
3262 | </para>
|
---|
3263 | </listitem>
|
---|
3264 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3265 |
|
---|
3266 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3267 | <term>
|
---|
3268 | <computeroutput>headless</computeroutput>
|
---|
3269 | </term>
|
---|
3270 |
|
---|
3271 | <listitem>
|
---|
3272 | <para>
|
---|
3273 | Starts a VM without a window for remote display only.
|
---|
3274 | </para>
|
---|
3275 | </listitem>
|
---|
3276 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3277 |
|
---|
3278 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3279 | <term>
|
---|
3280 | <computeroutput>separate</computeroutput>
|
---|
3281 | </term>
|
---|
3282 |
|
---|
3283 | <listitem>
|
---|
3284 | <para>
|
---|
3285 | Starts a VM with a detachable UI. Technically, it is a
|
---|
3286 | headless VM with user interface in a separate process. This
|
---|
3287 | is an experimental feature as it lacks certain
|
---|
3288 | functionality, such as 3D acceleration.
|
---|
3289 | </para>
|
---|
3290 | </listitem>
|
---|
3291 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3292 |
|
---|
3293 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3294 |
|
---|
3295 | <note>
|
---|
3296 | <para>
|
---|
3297 | If you experience problems with starting virtual machines with
|
---|
3298 | particular frontends and there is no conclusive error
|
---|
3299 | information, consider starting virtual machines directly by
|
---|
3300 | running the respective front-end, as this can give additional
|
---|
3301 | error information.
|
---|
3302 | </para>
|
---|
3303 | </note>
|
---|
3304 |
|
---|
3305 | </sect1>
|
---|
3306 |
|
---|
3307 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-controlvm">
|
---|
3308 |
|
---|
3309 | <title>VBoxManage controlvm</title>
|
---|
3310 |
|
---|
3311 | <para>
|
---|
3312 | The <command>controlvm</command> subcommand enables you to change
|
---|
3313 | the state of a virtual machine that is currently running. The
|
---|
3314 | following can be specified:
|
---|
3315 | </para>
|
---|
3316 |
|
---|
3317 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3318 |
|
---|
3319 | <listitem>
|
---|
3320 | <para>
|
---|
3321 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> pause</command>:
|
---|
3322 | Temporarily puts a virtual machine on hold, without
|
---|
3323 | permanently changing its state. The VM window is gray, to
|
---|
3324 | indicate that the VM is currently paused. This is equivalent
|
---|
3325 | to selecting the <emphasis role="bold">Pause</emphasis> item
|
---|
3326 | in the <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the
|
---|
3327 | GUI.
|
---|
3328 | </para>
|
---|
3329 | </listitem>
|
---|
3330 |
|
---|
3331 | <listitem>
|
---|
3332 | <para>
|
---|
3333 | Use <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> resume</command>:
|
---|
3334 | Undoes a previous <command>pause</command> command. This is
|
---|
3335 | equivalent to selecting the
|
---|
3336 | <emphasis role="bold">Resume</emphasis> item in the
|
---|
3337 | <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the GUI.
|
---|
3338 | </para>
|
---|
3339 | </listitem>
|
---|
3340 |
|
---|
3341 | <listitem>
|
---|
3342 | <para>
|
---|
3343 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> reset</command>: Has
|
---|
3344 | the same effect on a virtual machine as pressing the Reset
|
---|
3345 | button on a real computer. A cold reboot of the virtual
|
---|
3346 | machine is done, which immediately restarts and reboots the
|
---|
3347 | guest operating system. The state of the VM is not saved
|
---|
3348 | beforehand, and data may be lost. This is equivalent to
|
---|
3349 | selecting the <emphasis role="bold">Reset</emphasis> item in
|
---|
3350 | the <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the GUI.
|
---|
3351 | </para>
|
---|
3352 | </listitem>
|
---|
3353 |
|
---|
3354 | <listitem>
|
---|
3355 | <para>
|
---|
3356 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> poweroff</command>:
|
---|
3357 | Has the same effect on a virtual machine as pulling the power
|
---|
3358 | cable on a real computer. The state of the VM is not saved
|
---|
3359 | beforehand, and data may be lost. This is equivalent to
|
---|
3360 | selecting the <emphasis role="bold">Close</emphasis> item in
|
---|
3361 | the <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the GUI,
|
---|
3362 | or clicking the VM window's close button, and then selecting
|
---|
3363 | <emphasis role="bold">Power Off the Machine</emphasis> in the
|
---|
3364 | displayed dialog.
|
---|
3365 | </para>
|
---|
3366 |
|
---|
3367 | <para>
|
---|
3368 | After this, the VM's state will be Powered Off. From that
|
---|
3369 | state, it can be started again. See
|
---|
3370 | <xref
|
---|
3371 | linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
3372 | </para>
|
---|
3373 | </listitem>
|
---|
3374 |
|
---|
3375 | <listitem>
|
---|
3376 | <para>
|
---|
3377 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> savestate</command>:
|
---|
3378 | Saves the current state of the VM to disk and then stops the
|
---|
3379 | VM. This is equivalent to selecting the
|
---|
3380 | <emphasis role="bold">Close</emphasis> item in the
|
---|
3381 | <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu of the GUI or
|
---|
3382 | clicking the VM window's close button, and then selecting
|
---|
3383 | <emphasis role="bold">Save the Machine State</emphasis> in the
|
---|
3384 | displayed dialog.
|
---|
3385 | </para>
|
---|
3386 |
|
---|
3387 | <para>
|
---|
3388 | After this, the VM's state will be Saved. From this state, it
|
---|
3389 | can be started again. See
|
---|
3390 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
3391 | </para>
|
---|
3392 | </listitem>
|
---|
3393 |
|
---|
3394 | <listitem>
|
---|
3395 | <para>
|
---|
3396 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3397 | acpipowerbutton</command>: Sends an ACPI shutdown signal to
|
---|
3398 | the VM, as if the power button on a real computer had been
|
---|
3399 | pressed. So long as the VM is running a fairly modern guest
|
---|
3400 | operating system providing ACPI support, this should trigger a
|
---|
3401 | proper shutdown mechanism from within the VM.
|
---|
3402 | </para>
|
---|
3403 | </listitem>
|
---|
3404 |
|
---|
3405 | <listitem>
|
---|
3406 | <para>
|
---|
3407 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm <vm> keyboardputscancode
|
---|
3408 | <hex> [<hex>...]</command>: Sends commands using
|
---|
3409 | keycodes to the VM. Keycodes are documented in the public
|
---|
3410 | domain. For example:
|
---|
3411 | http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/kbd/scancodes-1.html.
|
---|
3412 | </para>
|
---|
3413 | </listitem>
|
---|
3414 |
|
---|
3415 | <listitem>
|
---|
3416 | <para>
|
---|
3417 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" teleport --hostname
|
---|
3418 | <name> --port <port> [--passwordfile <file>
|
---|
3419 | | --password <password>]</command>: Makes the machine
|
---|
3420 | the source of a teleporting operation and initiates a teleport
|
---|
3421 | to the given target. See <xref linkend="teleporting" />. If
|
---|
3422 | the optional password is specified, it must match the password
|
---|
3423 | that was given to the <command>modifyvm</command> command for
|
---|
3424 | the target machine. See
|
---|
3425 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-teleport" />.
|
---|
3426 | </para>
|
---|
3427 | </listitem>
|
---|
3428 |
|
---|
3429 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3430 |
|
---|
3431 | <para>
|
---|
3432 | The following extra options are available with
|
---|
3433 | <command>controlvm</command> that do not directly affect the VM's
|
---|
3434 | running state:
|
---|
3435 | </para>
|
---|
3436 |
|
---|
3437 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3438 |
|
---|
3439 | <listitem>
|
---|
3440 | <para>
|
---|
3441 | <computeroutput>setlinkstate<1-N>
|
---|
3442 | on|off</computeroutput>: Connects or disconnects virtual
|
---|
3443 | network cables from their network interfaces.
|
---|
3444 | </para>
|
---|
3445 | </listitem>
|
---|
3446 |
|
---|
3447 | <listitem>
|
---|
3448 | <para>
|
---|
3449 | <computeroutput>nic<1-N>
|
---|
3450 | null|nat|bridged|intnet|hostonly|generic|natnetwork[<devicename>]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3451 | Specifies the type of networking that should be made available
|
---|
3452 | on the specified VM virtual network card. They available types
|
---|
3453 | are: not connected to the host
|
---|
3454 | (<computeroutput>null</computeroutput>), use network address
|
---|
3455 | translation (<computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>), bridged
|
---|
3456 | networking (<computeroutput>bridged</computeroutput>),
|
---|
3457 | communicate with other virtual machines using internal
|
---|
3458 | networking (<computeroutput>intnet</computeroutput>),
|
---|
3459 | host-only networking
|
---|
3460 | (<computeroutput>hostonly</computeroutput>), natnetwork
|
---|
3461 | networking (<computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>), or
|
---|
3462 | access to rarely used submodes
|
---|
3463 | (<computeroutput>generic</computeroutput>). These options
|
---|
3464 | correspond to the modes which are described in detail in
|
---|
3465 | <xref linkend="networkingmodes" />.
|
---|
3466 | </para>
|
---|
3467 | </listitem>
|
---|
3468 |
|
---|
3469 | <listitem>
|
---|
3470 | <para>
|
---|
3471 | With the <computeroutput>nictrace</computeroutput> options,
|
---|
3472 | you can optionally trace network traffic by dumping it to a
|
---|
3473 | file, for debugging purposes.
|
---|
3474 | </para>
|
---|
3475 |
|
---|
3476 | <para>
|
---|
3477 | <computeroutput>nictrace<1-N> on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3478 | Enables network tracing for a particular virtual network card.
|
---|
3479 | </para>
|
---|
3480 |
|
---|
3481 | <para>
|
---|
3482 | Before enabling you should specify a file name to which the
|
---|
3483 | trace should be logged. This can be done with the
|
---|
3484 | <computeroutput>nictracefile<1-N>
|
---|
3485 | <filename></computeroutput> option to
|
---|
3486 | <command>VBoxManage controlvm</command> at runtime or with the
|
---|
3487 | <computeroutput><filename></computeroutput> option to
|
---|
3488 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command> otherwise.
|
---|
3489 | </para>
|
---|
3490 | </listitem>
|
---|
3491 |
|
---|
3492 | <listitem>
|
---|
3493 | <para>
|
---|
3494 | <computeroutput>nicpromisc<1-N>
|
---|
3495 | deny|allow-vms|allow-all</computeroutput>: Specifies how the
|
---|
3496 | promiscious mode is handled for the specified VM virtual
|
---|
3497 | network card. This setting is only relevant for bridged
|
---|
3498 | networking. The default setting of
|
---|
3499 | <computeroutput>deny</computeroutput> hides any traffic not
|
---|
3500 | intended for this VM.
|
---|
3501 | <computeroutput>allow-vms</computeroutput> hides all host
|
---|
3502 | traffic from this VM but enables the VM to see traffic to and
|
---|
3503 | from other VMs. <computeroutput>allow-all</computeroutput>
|
---|
3504 | removes this restriction completely.
|
---|
3505 | </para>
|
---|
3506 | </listitem>
|
---|
3507 |
|
---|
3508 | <listitem>
|
---|
3509 | <para>
|
---|
3510 | <computeroutput>nicproperty<1-N>
|
---|
3511 | <paramname>="paramvalue"</computeroutput>: This option,
|
---|
3512 | in combination with
|
---|
3513 | <computeroutput>nicgenericdrv</computeroutput> enables you to
|
---|
3514 | pass parameters to rarely-used network backends.
|
---|
3515 | </para>
|
---|
3516 |
|
---|
3517 | <para>
|
---|
3518 | Those parameters are backend engine-specific, and are
|
---|
3519 | different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers. See
|
---|
3520 | <xref linkend="network_udp_tunnel" />.
|
---|
3521 | </para>
|
---|
3522 | </listitem>
|
---|
3523 |
|
---|
3524 | <listitem>
|
---|
3525 | <para>
|
---|
3526 | <computeroutput>natpf<1-N>
|
---|
3527 | [<name>],tcp|udp,[<hostip>],<hostport>,[<guestip>],
|
---|
3528 | <guestport></computeroutput>: Specifies a NAT
|
---|
3529 | port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward"/>.
|
---|
3530 | </para>
|
---|
3531 | </listitem>
|
---|
3532 |
|
---|
3533 | <listitem>
|
---|
3534 | <para>
|
---|
3535 | <computeroutput>natpf<1-N> delete
|
---|
3536 | <name></computeroutput>: Deletes a NAT port-forwarding
|
---|
3537 | rule. See <xref linkend="natforward"/>.
|
---|
3538 | </para>
|
---|
3539 | </listitem>
|
---|
3540 |
|
---|
3541 | <listitem>
|
---|
3542 | <para>
|
---|
3543 | The <computeroutput>guestmemoryballoon<balloon size in
|
---|
3544 | MB></computeroutput>: Changes the size of the guest memory
|
---|
3545 | balloon. This is the memory allocated by the &product-name;
|
---|
3546 | Guest Additions from the guest operating system and returned
|
---|
3547 | to the hypervisor for reuse by other virtual machines. This
|
---|
3548 | must be specified in megabytes. See
|
---|
3549 | <xref linkend="guestadd-balloon" />.
|
---|
3550 | </para>
|
---|
3551 | </listitem>
|
---|
3552 |
|
---|
3553 | <listitem>
|
---|
3554 | <para>
|
---|
3555 | <computeroutput>usbattach<uuid|address> [--capturefile
|
---|
3556 | <filename>]</computeroutput>
|
---|
3557 | </para>
|
---|
3558 |
|
---|
3559 | <para>
|
---|
3560 | and <computeroutput>usbdetach <uuid|address>
|
---|
3561 | [--capturefile <filename>]</computeroutput>: Makes host
|
---|
3562 | USB devices visible or invisible to the virtual machine on the
|
---|
3563 | fly, without the need for creating filters first. The USB
|
---|
3564 | devices can be specified by UUID (unique identifier) or by
|
---|
3565 | address on the host system. Use the
|
---|
3566 | <computeroutput>--capturefile</computeroutput> option to
|
---|
3567 | specify the absolute path of a file for writing activity
|
---|
3568 | logging data.
|
---|
3569 | </para>
|
---|
3570 |
|
---|
3571 | <para>
|
---|
3572 | You can use <command>VBoxManage list usbhost</command> to
|
---|
3573 | locate this information.
|
---|
3574 | </para>
|
---|
3575 | </listitem>
|
---|
3576 |
|
---|
3577 | <listitem>
|
---|
3578 | <para>
|
---|
3579 | <computeroutput>audioin on</computeroutput>: Selects whether
|
---|
3580 | capturing audio from the host is enabled or disabled.
|
---|
3581 | </para>
|
---|
3582 | </listitem>
|
---|
3583 |
|
---|
3584 | <listitem>
|
---|
3585 | <para>
|
---|
3586 | <computeroutput>audioout on</computeroutput>: Selects whether
|
---|
3587 | audio playback from the guest is enabled or disabled.
|
---|
3588 | </para>
|
---|
3589 | </listitem>
|
---|
3590 |
|
---|
3591 | <listitem>
|
---|
3592 | <para>
|
---|
3593 | <computeroutput>clipboard mode
|
---|
3594 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3595 | Selects how the guest or host operating system's clipboard
|
---|
3596 | should be shared with the host or guest. See
|
---|
3597 | <xref linkend="generalsettings" />. This requires that the
|
---|
3598 | Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine.
|
---|
3599 | </para>
|
---|
3600 | </listitem>
|
---|
3601 |
|
---|
3602 | <listitem>
|
---|
3603 | <para>
|
---|
3604 | <computeroutput>clipboard filetransfers
|
---|
3605 | enabled|disabled</computeroutput>: Specifies if clipboard file
|
---|
3606 | transfers are allowed between host and guest OSes or not.
|
---|
3607 | </para>
|
---|
3608 | </listitem>
|
---|
3609 |
|
---|
3610 | <listitem>
|
---|
3611 | <para>
|
---|
3612 | <computeroutput>draganddrop
|
---|
3613 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3614 | Selects the current drag and drop mode being used between the
|
---|
3615 | host and the virtual machine. See
|
---|
3616 | <xref linkend="guestadd-dnd" />. This requires that the Guest
|
---|
3617 | Additions be installed in the virtual machine.
|
---|
3618 | </para>
|
---|
3619 | </listitem>
|
---|
3620 |
|
---|
3621 | <listitem>
|
---|
3622 | <para>
|
---|
3623 | <computeroutput>vrde on|off</computeroutput>: Enables and
|
---|
3624 | disables the VRDE server, if it is installed.
|
---|
3625 | </para>
|
---|
3626 | </listitem>
|
---|
3627 |
|
---|
3628 | <listitem>
|
---|
3629 | <para>
|
---|
3630 | <computeroutput>vrdeport
|
---|
3631 | default|<ports></computeroutput>: Changes the port or a
|
---|
3632 | range of ports that the VRDE server can bind to.
|
---|
3633 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> or
|
---|
3634 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> means port 3389, the
|
---|
3635 | standard port for RDP. See the description for the
|
---|
3636 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
3637 | <xref
|
---|
3638 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3639 | </para>
|
---|
3640 | </listitem>
|
---|
3641 |
|
---|
3642 | <listitem>
|
---|
3643 | <para>
|
---|
3644 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3645 | "TCP/Ports|Address=<value>"</computeroutput>: Sets the
|
---|
3646 | port numbers and IP address on the VM to which the VRDE server
|
---|
3647 | can bind.
|
---|
3648 | </para>
|
---|
3649 |
|
---|
3650 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3651 |
|
---|
3652 | <listitem>
|
---|
3653 | <para>
|
---|
3654 | For TCP/Ports, <value> should be a port or a range
|
---|
3655 | of ports to which the VRDE server can bind.
|
---|
3656 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput> or
|
---|
3657 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> means port 3389, the
|
---|
3658 | standard port for RDP. See the description for the
|
---|
3659 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
3660 | <xref
|
---|
3661 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3662 | </para>
|
---|
3663 | </listitem>
|
---|
3664 |
|
---|
3665 | <listitem>
|
---|
3666 | <para>
|
---|
3667 | For TCP/Address, <value>: The IP address of the host
|
---|
3668 | network interface that the VRDE server will bind to. If
|
---|
3669 | specified, the server will accept connections only on the
|
---|
3670 | specified host network interface. See the description for
|
---|
3671 | the <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress</computeroutput> option
|
---|
3672 | in
|
---|
3673 | <xref
|
---|
3674 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3675 | </para>
|
---|
3676 | </listitem>
|
---|
3677 |
|
---|
3678 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3679 | </listitem>
|
---|
3680 |
|
---|
3681 | <listitem>
|
---|
3682 | <para>
|
---|
3683 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3684 | "VideoChannel/Enabled|Quality|DownscaleProtection=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3685 | Sets the VRDP video redirection properties.
|
---|
3686 | </para>
|
---|
3687 |
|
---|
3688 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3689 |
|
---|
3690 | <listitem>
|
---|
3691 | <para>
|
---|
3692 | For VideoChannel/Enabled, <value> can be set to "1"
|
---|
3693 | switching the VRDP video channel on. See
|
---|
3694 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3695 | </para>
|
---|
3696 | </listitem>
|
---|
3697 |
|
---|
3698 | <listitem>
|
---|
3699 | <para>
|
---|
3700 | For VideoChannel/Quality, <value> should be set
|
---|
3701 | between 10 and 100% inclusive, representing a JPEG
|
---|
3702 | compression level on the VRDE server video channel. Lower
|
---|
3703 | values mean lower quality but higher compression. See
|
---|
3704 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3705 | </para>
|
---|
3706 | </listitem>
|
---|
3707 |
|
---|
3708 | <listitem>
|
---|
3709 | <para>
|
---|
3710 | For VideoChannel/DownscaleProtection, <value> can be
|
---|
3711 | set to "1" to enable the videochannel downscale protection
|
---|
3712 | feature. When enabled, if a video's size equals the shadow
|
---|
3713 | buffer size, then it is regarded as a full screen video,
|
---|
3714 | and is displayed. If its size is between fullscreen and
|
---|
3715 | the downscale threshold it is not displayed, as it could
|
---|
3716 | be an application window, which would be unreadable when
|
---|
3717 | downscaled. When the downscale protection feature is
|
---|
3718 | disabled, an attempt is always made to display videos.
|
---|
3719 | </para>
|
---|
3720 | </listitem>
|
---|
3721 |
|
---|
3722 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3723 | </listitem>
|
---|
3724 |
|
---|
3725 | <listitem>
|
---|
3726 | <para>
|
---|
3727 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3728 | "Client/DisableDisplay|DisableInput|DisableAudio|DisableUSB=1"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3729 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Display, Input,
|
---|
3730 | Audio, or USB. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
3731 | "Client/DisableDisplay=" for example. See
|
---|
3732 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
3733 | </para>
|
---|
3734 | </listitem>
|
---|
3735 |
|
---|
3736 | <listitem>
|
---|
3737 | <para>
|
---|
3738 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3739 | "Client/DisableClipboard|DisableUpstreamAudio=1"</computeroutput>.
|
---|
3740 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Clipboard or
|
---|
3741 | UpstreamAudio. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
3742 | "Client/DisableClipboard=" for example. See
|
---|
3743 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
3744 | </para>
|
---|
3745 | </listitem>
|
---|
3746 |
|
---|
3747 | <listitem>
|
---|
3748 | <para>
|
---|
3749 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3750 | "Client/DisableRDPDR=1"</computeroutput>: Disables the VRDE
|
---|
3751 | server feature: RDP device redirection for smart cards. To
|
---|
3752 | reenable this feature, use "Client/DisableRDPR=".
|
---|
3753 | </para>
|
---|
3754 | </listitem>
|
---|
3755 |
|
---|
3756 | <listitem>
|
---|
3757 | <para>
|
---|
3758 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3759 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=1"</computeroutput>: Enables the VRDE
|
---|
3760 | server feature: 3D redirection. To disable this feature, use
|
---|
3761 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=".
|
---|
3762 | </para>
|
---|
3763 | </listitem>
|
---|
3764 |
|
---|
3765 | <listitem>
|
---|
3766 | <para>
|
---|
3767 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3768 | "Security/Method|ServerCertificate|ServerPrivateKey|CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3769 | Sets the desired security method, path of the server
|
---|
3770 | certificate, path of the server private key, and path of CA
|
---|
3771 | certificate, used for a connection.
|
---|
3772 | </para>
|
---|
3773 |
|
---|
3774 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3775 |
|
---|
3776 | <listitem>
|
---|
3777 | <para>
|
---|
3778 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3779 | "Security/Method=<value>"</computeroutput>: Sets the
|
---|
3780 | desired security method, which is used for a connection.
|
---|
3781 | Valid values are as follows:
|
---|
3782 | </para>
|
---|
3783 |
|
---|
3784 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3785 |
|
---|
3786 | <listitem>
|
---|
3787 | <para>
|
---|
3788 | <computeroutput>Negotiate</computeroutput>: Both
|
---|
3789 | Enhanced (TLS) and Standard RDP Security connections
|
---|
3790 | are allowed. The security method is negotiated with
|
---|
3791 | the client. This is the default setting.
|
---|
3792 | </para>
|
---|
3793 | </listitem>
|
---|
3794 |
|
---|
3795 | <listitem>
|
---|
3796 | <para>
|
---|
3797 | <computeroutput>RDP</computeroutput>: Only Standard
|
---|
3798 | RDP Security is accepted.
|
---|
3799 | </para>
|
---|
3800 | </listitem>
|
---|
3801 |
|
---|
3802 | <listitem>
|
---|
3803 | <para>
|
---|
3804 | <computeroutput>TLS</computeroutput>: Only Enhanced
|
---|
3805 | RDP Security is accepted. The client must support TLS.
|
---|
3806 | </para>
|
---|
3807 | </listitem>
|
---|
3808 |
|
---|
3809 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3810 |
|
---|
3811 | <para>
|
---|
3812 | See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3813 | </para>
|
---|
3814 | </listitem>
|
---|
3815 |
|
---|
3816 | <listitem>
|
---|
3817 | <para>
|
---|
3818 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3819 | "Security/ServerCertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3820 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
3821 | certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3822 | </para>
|
---|
3823 | </listitem>
|
---|
3824 |
|
---|
3825 | <listitem>
|
---|
3826 | <para>
|
---|
3827 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3828 | "Security/ServerPrivateKey=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3829 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
3830 | private key. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3831 | </para>
|
---|
3832 | </listitem>
|
---|
3833 |
|
---|
3834 | <listitem>
|
---|
3835 | <para>
|
---|
3836 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3837 | "Security/CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3838 | where <value> is the absolute path of the CA self
|
---|
3839 | signed certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3840 | </para>
|
---|
3841 | </listitem>
|
---|
3842 |
|
---|
3843 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3844 | </listitem>
|
---|
3845 |
|
---|
3846 | <listitem>
|
---|
3847 | <para>
|
---|
3848 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3849 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode|LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3850 | Sets the audio connection mode, or path of the audio logfile.
|
---|
3851 | </para>
|
---|
3852 |
|
---|
3853 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3854 |
|
---|
3855 | <listitem>
|
---|
3856 | <para>
|
---|
3857 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3858 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3859 | where <value> is the desired rate correction mode,
|
---|
3860 | allowed values are:
|
---|
3861 | </para>
|
---|
3862 |
|
---|
3863 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3864 |
|
---|
3865 | <listitem>
|
---|
3866 | <para>
|
---|
3867 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_VOID</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3868 | No mode specified, use to unset any Audio mode already
|
---|
3869 | set.
|
---|
3870 | </para>
|
---|
3871 | </listitem>
|
---|
3872 |
|
---|
3873 | <listitem>
|
---|
3874 | <para>
|
---|
3875 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_RC</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3876 | Rate correction mode.
|
---|
3877 | </para>
|
---|
3878 | </listitem>
|
---|
3879 |
|
---|
3880 | <listitem>
|
---|
3881 | <para>
|
---|
3882 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_LPF</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3883 | Low pass filter mode.
|
---|
3884 | </para>
|
---|
3885 | </listitem>
|
---|
3886 |
|
---|
3887 | <listitem>
|
---|
3888 | <para>
|
---|
3889 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_CS</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3890 | Client sync mode to prevent underflow or overflow of
|
---|
3891 | the client queue.
|
---|
3892 | </para>
|
---|
3893 | </listitem>
|
---|
3894 |
|
---|
3895 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3896 | </listitem>
|
---|
3897 |
|
---|
3898 | <listitem>
|
---|
3899 | <para>
|
---|
3900 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3901 | "Audio/LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput> where
|
---|
3902 | <value> is the absolute path of the audio log file.
|
---|
3903 | </para>
|
---|
3904 | </listitem>
|
---|
3905 |
|
---|
3906 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3907 | </listitem>
|
---|
3908 |
|
---|
3909 | <listitem>
|
---|
3910 | <para>
|
---|
3911 | <computeroutput>vrdevideochannelquality
|
---|
3912 | <percent></computeroutput>: Sets the image quality for
|
---|
3913 | video redirection. See <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3914 | </para>
|
---|
3915 | </listitem>
|
---|
3916 |
|
---|
3917 | <listitem>
|
---|
3918 | <para>
|
---|
3919 | <computeroutput>setvideomodehint</computeroutput>: Requests
|
---|
3920 | that the guest system change to a particular video mode. This
|
---|
3921 | requires that the Guest Additions be installed, and will not
|
---|
3922 | work for all guest systems.
|
---|
3923 | </para>
|
---|
3924 | </listitem>
|
---|
3925 |
|
---|
3926 | <listitem>
|
---|
3927 | <para>
|
---|
3928 | <computeroutput>screenshotpng</computeroutput>: Takes a
|
---|
3929 | screenshot of the guest display and saves it in PNG format.
|
---|
3930 | </para>
|
---|
3931 | </listitem>
|
---|
3932 |
|
---|
3933 | <listitem>
|
---|
3934 | <para>
|
---|
3935 | <computeroutput>recording on|off</computeroutput> enables or
|
---|
3936 | disables the recording of a VM session into a WebM/VP8 file.
|
---|
3937 | When this option value is <computeroutput>on</computeroutput>,
|
---|
3938 | recording begins when the VM session starts.
|
---|
3939 | </para>
|
---|
3940 | </listitem>
|
---|
3941 |
|
---|
3942 | <listitem>
|
---|
3943 | <para>
|
---|
3944 | <computeroutput>recordingscreens
|
---|
3945 | all|<replaceable>screen-ID</replaceable>
|
---|
3946 | [<replaceable>screen-ID</replaceable> ...]</computeroutput>
|
---|
3947 | enables you to specify which VM screens to record. The
|
---|
3948 | recording for each screen that you specify is saved to its own
|
---|
3949 | file. You cannot modify this setting while recording is
|
---|
3950 | enabled.
|
---|
3951 | </para>
|
---|
3952 | </listitem>
|
---|
3953 |
|
---|
3954 | <listitem>
|
---|
3955 | <para>
|
---|
3956 | <computeroutput>recordingfile
|
---|
3957 | <replaceable>filename</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies
|
---|
3958 | the file in which to save the recording. You cannot modify
|
---|
3959 | this setting while recording is enabled.
|
---|
3960 | </para>
|
---|
3961 | </listitem>
|
---|
3962 |
|
---|
3963 | <listitem>
|
---|
3964 | <para>
|
---|
3965 | <computeroutput>recordingvideores
|
---|
3966 | <replaceable>width</replaceable>x<replaceable>height</replaceable></computeroutput>
|
---|
3967 | specifies the resolution of the recorded video in pixels. You
|
---|
3968 | cannot modify this setting while recording is enabled.
|
---|
3969 | </para>
|
---|
3970 | </listitem>
|
---|
3971 |
|
---|
3972 | <listitem>
|
---|
3973 | <!-- @todo r=andy Clarify rate. -->
|
---|
3974 |
|
---|
3975 | <para>
|
---|
3976 | <computeroutput>recordingvideorate
|
---|
3977 | <replaceable>bit-rate</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies
|
---|
3978 | the bit rate of the video in kilobits per second. Increasing
|
---|
3979 | this value improves the appearance of the video at the cost of
|
---|
3980 | an increased file size. You cannot modify this setting while
|
---|
3981 | recording is enabled.
|
---|
3982 | </para>
|
---|
3983 | </listitem>
|
---|
3984 |
|
---|
3985 | <listitem>
|
---|
3986 | <para>
|
---|
3987 | <computeroutput>recordingvideofps
|
---|
3988 | <replaceable>fps</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies the
|
---|
3989 | maximum number of video frames per second (FPS) to record.
|
---|
3990 | Frames that have a higher frequency are skipped. Increasing
|
---|
3991 | this value reduces the number of skipped frames and increases
|
---|
3992 | the file size. You cannot modify this setting while recording
|
---|
3993 | is enabled.
|
---|
3994 | </para>
|
---|
3995 | </listitem>
|
---|
3996 |
|
---|
3997 | <listitem>
|
---|
3998 | <!-- @todo r=andy Clarify time format. -->
|
---|
3999 |
|
---|
4000 | <para>
|
---|
4001 | <computeroutput>recordingmaxtime
|
---|
4002 | <replaceable>seconds</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies
|
---|
4003 | the maximum amount time to record in seconds. The recording
|
---|
4004 | stops after the specified number of seconds elapses. If this
|
---|
4005 | value is zero, the recording continues until you stop the
|
---|
4006 | recording.
|
---|
4007 | </para>
|
---|
4008 | </listitem>
|
---|
4009 |
|
---|
4010 | <listitem>
|
---|
4011 | <para>
|
---|
4012 | <computeroutput>recordingmaxsize
|
---|
4013 | <replaceable>MB</replaceable></computeroutput> specifies the
|
---|
4014 | maximum size of the recorded video file in megabytes. The
|
---|
4015 | recording stops when the file reaches the specified size. If
|
---|
4016 | this value is zero, the recording continues until you stop the
|
---|
4017 | recording. You cannot modify this setting while recording is
|
---|
4018 | enabled.
|
---|
4019 | </para>
|
---|
4020 | </listitem>
|
---|
4021 |
|
---|
4022 | <listitem>
|
---|
4023 | <para>
|
---|
4024 | <computeroutput>recordingopts
|
---|
4025 | <replaceable>keyword</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>[,<replaceable>keyword</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>
|
---|
4026 | ...]</computeroutput> specifies additional recording options
|
---|
4027 | in a comma-separated keyword-value format. For example,
|
---|
4028 | <computeroutput>foo=bar,a=b</computeroutput>. You cannot
|
---|
4029 | modify this setting while recording is enabled.
|
---|
4030 | </para>
|
---|
4031 |
|
---|
4032 | <para>
|
---|
4033 | Only use this option only if you are an advanced user. For
|
---|
4034 | information about keywords, see <emphasis>Oracle VM VirtualBox
|
---|
4035 | Programming Guide and Reference</emphasis>.
|
---|
4036 | </para>
|
---|
4037 | </listitem>
|
---|
4038 |
|
---|
4039 | <listitem>
|
---|
4040 | <para>
|
---|
4041 | <computeroutput>setcredentials</computeroutput>: Used for
|
---|
4042 | remote logins on Windows guests. See
|
---|
4043 | <xref linkend="autologon" />.
|
---|
4044 | </para>
|
---|
4045 | </listitem>
|
---|
4046 |
|
---|
4047 | <listitem>
|
---|
4048 | <para>
|
---|
4049 | <computeroutput>teleport --host <name> --port
|
---|
4050 | <port></computeroutput>: Configures a VM as a target for
|
---|
4051 | teleporting. <name> specifies the virtual machine name.
|
---|
4052 | <port> specifies the port on the virtual machine which
|
---|
4053 | should listen for teleporting requests from other virtual
|
---|
4054 | machines. It can be any free TCP/IP port number, such as 6000.
|
---|
4055 | See <xref linkend="teleporting" />.
|
---|
4056 | </para>
|
---|
4057 |
|
---|
4058 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4059 |
|
---|
4060 | <listitem>
|
---|
4061 | <para>
|
---|
4062 | <computeroutput>--maxdowntime
|
---|
4063 | <msec></computeroutput>: Specifies the maximum
|
---|
4064 | downtime, in milliseconds, for the teleporting target VM.
|
---|
4065 | Optional.
|
---|
4066 | </para>
|
---|
4067 | </listitem>
|
---|
4068 |
|
---|
4069 | <listitem>
|
---|
4070 | <para>
|
---|
4071 | <computeroutput>--password
|
---|
4072 | <password></computeroutput>: The teleporting request
|
---|
4073 | will only succeed if the source machine specifies the same
|
---|
4074 | password as the one given with this command. Optional.
|
---|
4075 | </para>
|
---|
4076 | </listitem>
|
---|
4077 |
|
---|
4078 | <listitem>
|
---|
4079 | <para>
|
---|
4080 | <computeroutput>--passwordfile <password
|
---|
4081 | file></computeroutput>: The teleporting request will
|
---|
4082 | only succeed if the source machine specifies the same
|
---|
4083 | password as the one specified in the password file with
|
---|
4084 | the path specified with this command. Use
|
---|
4085 | <computeroutput>stdin</computeroutput> to read the
|
---|
4086 | password from stdin. Optional.
|
---|
4087 | </para>
|
---|
4088 | </listitem>
|
---|
4089 |
|
---|
4090 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4091 | </listitem>
|
---|
4092 |
|
---|
4093 | <listitem>
|
---|
4094 | <para>
|
---|
4095 | <computeroutput>plugcpu|unplugcpu <id></computeroutput>:
|
---|
4096 | If CPU hot-plugging is enabled, this setting adds and removes
|
---|
4097 | a virtual CPU to the virtual machine.
|
---|
4098 | <computeroutput><id></computeroutput> specifies the
|
---|
4099 | index of the virtual CPU to be added or removed and must be a
|
---|
4100 | number from 0 to the maximum number of CPUs configured. CPU 0
|
---|
4101 | can never be removed.
|
---|
4102 | </para>
|
---|
4103 | </listitem>
|
---|
4104 |
|
---|
4105 | <listitem>
|
---|
4106 | <para>
|
---|
4107 | The <computeroutput>cpuexecutioncap
|
---|
4108 | <1-100></computeroutput>: Controls how much CPU time a
|
---|
4109 | virtual CPU can use. A value of 50 implies a single virtual
|
---|
4110 | CPU can use up to 50% of a single host CPU.
|
---|
4111 | </para>
|
---|
4112 | </listitem>
|
---|
4113 |
|
---|
4114 | <listitem>
|
---|
4115 | <para>
|
---|
4116 | <computeroutput>vm-process-priority
|
---|
4117 | default|flat|low|normal|high</computeroutput>: Changes the
|
---|
4118 | priority scheme of the VM process. See
|
---|
4119 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
4120 | </para>
|
---|
4121 | </listitem>
|
---|
4122 |
|
---|
4123 | <listitem>
|
---|
4124 | <para>
|
---|
4125 | <computeroutput>webcam attach <path|alias>
|
---|
4126 | [<keyword=value>[;<keyword=value>...]]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
4127 | Attaches a webcam to a running VM. Specify the absolute path
|
---|
4128 | of the webcam on the host operating system, or use its alias,
|
---|
4129 | obtained by using the command: <command>VBoxManage list
|
---|
4130 | webcams</command>.
|
---|
4131 | </para>
|
---|
4132 |
|
---|
4133 | <para>
|
---|
4134 | Note that alias '.0' means the default video input device on
|
---|
4135 | the host operating system, '.1', '.2', etc. mean first,
|
---|
4136 | second, etc. video input device. The device order is
|
---|
4137 | host-specific.
|
---|
4138 | </para>
|
---|
4139 |
|
---|
4140 | <para>
|
---|
4141 | The optional settings parameter is a
|
---|
4142 | <computeroutput>;</computeroutput> delimited list of
|
---|
4143 | name-value pairs, enabling configuration of the emulated
|
---|
4144 | webcam device.
|
---|
4145 | </para>
|
---|
4146 |
|
---|
4147 | <para>
|
---|
4148 | The following settings are supported:
|
---|
4149 | </para>
|
---|
4150 |
|
---|
4151 | <para>
|
---|
4152 | MaxFramerate: Specifies the highest rate in frames per second,
|
---|
4153 | at which video frames are sent to the guest. Higher frame
|
---|
4154 | rates increase CPU load, so this setting can be useful when
|
---|
4155 | there is a need to reduce CPU load. The default setting is
|
---|
4156 | <computeroutput>no maximum limit</computeroutput>, thus
|
---|
4157 | enabling the guest to use all frame rates supported by the
|
---|
4158 | host webcam.
|
---|
4159 | </para>
|
---|
4160 |
|
---|
4161 | <para>
|
---|
4162 | MaxPayloadTransferSize: Specifies the maximum number of bytes
|
---|
4163 | the emulated webcam can send to the guest in one buffer. The
|
---|
4164 | default setting is 3060 bytes, which is used by some webcams.
|
---|
4165 | Higher values can slightly reduce CPU load, if the guest is
|
---|
4166 | able to use larger buffers. Note that higher
|
---|
4167 | MaxPayloadTransferSize values may be not supported by some
|
---|
4168 | guest operating systems.
|
---|
4169 | </para>
|
---|
4170 | </listitem>
|
---|
4171 |
|
---|
4172 | <listitem>
|
---|
4173 | <para>
|
---|
4174 | <computeroutput>webcam detach
|
---|
4175 | <path|alias></computeroutput>: Detaches a webcam from a
|
---|
4176 | running VM. Specify the absolute path of the webcam on the
|
---|
4177 | host, or use its alias obtained from the <command>webcam
|
---|
4178 | list</command> command.
|
---|
4179 | </para>
|
---|
4180 |
|
---|
4181 | <para>
|
---|
4182 | Please note the following points, relating to specific host
|
---|
4183 | operating systems:
|
---|
4184 | </para>
|
---|
4185 |
|
---|
4186 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4187 |
|
---|
4188 | <listitem>
|
---|
4189 | <para>
|
---|
4190 | Windows hosts: When the webcam device is detached from the
|
---|
4191 | host, the emulated webcam device is automatically detached
|
---|
4192 | from the guest.
|
---|
4193 | </para>
|
---|
4194 | </listitem>
|
---|
4195 |
|
---|
4196 | <listitem>
|
---|
4197 | <para>
|
---|
4198 | Mac OS X hosts: OS X version 10.7 or newer is required.
|
---|
4199 | </para>
|
---|
4200 |
|
---|
4201 | <para>
|
---|
4202 | When the webcam device is detached from the host, the
|
---|
4203 | emulated webcam device remains attached to the guest and
|
---|
4204 | must be manually detached using the <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
4205 | controlvm webcam detach</command> command.
|
---|
4206 | </para>
|
---|
4207 | </listitem>
|
---|
4208 |
|
---|
4209 | <listitem>
|
---|
4210 | <para>
|
---|
4211 | Linux hosts: When the webcam is detached from the host,
|
---|
4212 | the emulated webcam device is automatically detached from
|
---|
4213 | the guest only if the webcam is streaming video. If the
|
---|
4214 | emulated webcam is inactive, it should be manually
|
---|
4215 | detached using the <command>VBoxManage controlvm webcam
|
---|
4216 | detach</command> command.
|
---|
4217 | </para>
|
---|
4218 | </listitem>
|
---|
4219 |
|
---|
4220 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4221 | </listitem>
|
---|
4222 |
|
---|
4223 | <listitem>
|
---|
4224 | <para>
|
---|
4225 | <computeroutput>webcam list</computeroutput>: Lists webcams
|
---|
4226 | attached to the running VM. The output is a list of absolute
|
---|
4227 | paths or aliases that were used for attaching the webcams to
|
---|
4228 | the VM using the <command>webcam attach</command> command.
|
---|
4229 | </para>
|
---|
4230 | </listitem>
|
---|
4231 |
|
---|
4232 | <listitem>
|
---|
4233 | <para>
|
---|
4234 | <computeroutput>addencpassword <id> <password
|
---|
4235 | file>|- [--removeonsuspend
|
---|
4236 | <yes|no>]</computeroutput>: Supplies an encrypted VM
|
---|
4237 | specified by <id> with the encryption password to enable
|
---|
4238 | a headless start. Either specify the absolute path of a
|
---|
4239 | password file on the host file system: <password file>,
|
---|
4240 | or use <option>-</option> to instruct
|
---|
4241 | <command>VBoxManage</command> to prompt the user for the
|
---|
4242 | encryption password.
|
---|
4243 | </para>
|
---|
4244 |
|
---|
4245 | <para>
|
---|
4246 | <computeroutput>--removeonsuspend
|
---|
4247 | <yes|no></computeroutput>: Specifies whether to remove
|
---|
4248 | the passsword or keep the password in VM memory when the VM is
|
---|
4249 | suspended. If the VM has been suspended and the password has
|
---|
4250 | been removed, the user needs to resupply the password before
|
---|
4251 | the VM can be resumed. This feature is useful in cases where
|
---|
4252 | the user does not want the password to be stored in VM memory,
|
---|
4253 | and the VM is suspended by a host suspend event.
|
---|
4254 | </para>
|
---|
4255 |
|
---|
4256 | <note>
|
---|
4257 | <para>
|
---|
4258 | On &product-name; versions 5.0 and later, data stored on
|
---|
4259 | hard disk images can be transparently encrypted for the
|
---|
4260 | guest. &product-name; uses the AES algorithm in XTS mode and
|
---|
4261 | supports 128 or 256 bit data encryption keys (DEK). The DEK
|
---|
4262 | is stored encrypted in the medium properties, and is
|
---|
4263 | decrypted during VM startup by supplying the encryption
|
---|
4264 | password.
|
---|
4265 | </para>
|
---|
4266 | </note>
|
---|
4267 |
|
---|
4268 | <para>
|
---|
4269 | The <command>VBoxManage encryptmedium</command> command is
|
---|
4270 | used to create a DEK encrypted medium. See
|
---|
4271 | <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />. When starting an
|
---|
4272 | encrypted VM from the &product-name; GUI, the user will be
|
---|
4273 | prompted for the encryption password.
|
---|
4274 | </para>
|
---|
4275 |
|
---|
4276 | <para>
|
---|
4277 | For a headless encrypted VM start, use the following command:
|
---|
4278 | </para>
|
---|
4279 |
|
---|
4280 | <screen>
|
---|
4281 | VBoxManage startvm "vmname" --type headless
|
---|
4282 | </screen>
|
---|
4283 |
|
---|
4284 | <para>
|
---|
4285 | Then supply the required encryption password as follows:
|
---|
4286 | </para>
|
---|
4287 |
|
---|
4288 | <screen>
|
---|
4289 | VBoxManage "vmname" controlvm "vmname" addencpassword ...
|
---|
4290 | </screen>
|
---|
4291 |
|
---|
4292 | <para></para>
|
---|
4293 | </listitem>
|
---|
4294 |
|
---|
4295 | <listitem>
|
---|
4296 | <para>
|
---|
4297 | <computeroutput>removeencpassword <id></computeroutput>:
|
---|
4298 | Removes encryption password authorization for password
|
---|
4299 | <id> for all encrypted media attached to the VM.
|
---|
4300 | </para>
|
---|
4301 | </listitem>
|
---|
4302 |
|
---|
4303 | <listitem>
|
---|
4304 | <para>
|
---|
4305 | <computeroutput>removeallencpasswords</computeroutput>:
|
---|
4306 | Removes encryption password authorization for all passwords
|
---|
4307 | for all encrypted media attached to the VM.
|
---|
4308 | </para>
|
---|
4309 | </listitem>
|
---|
4310 |
|
---|
4311 | <listitem>
|
---|
4312 | <para>
|
---|
4313 | <computeroutput>changeuartmode <1-N></computeroutput>:
|
---|
4314 | Changes the connection mode for a given virtual serial port.
|
---|
4315 | </para>
|
---|
4316 | </listitem>
|
---|
4317 |
|
---|
4318 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4319 |
|
---|
4320 | </sect1>
|
---|
4321 |
|
---|
4322 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-discardstate">
|
---|
4323 |
|
---|
4324 | <title>VBoxManage discardstate</title>
|
---|
4325 |
|
---|
4326 | <para>
|
---|
4327 | This command discards the saved state of a virtual machine which
|
---|
4328 | is not currently running. This will cause the VM's operating
|
---|
4329 | system to restart next time you start it. This is the equivalent
|
---|
4330 | of pulling out the power cable on a physical machine, and should
|
---|
4331 | be avoided if possible.
|
---|
4332 | </para>
|
---|
4333 |
|
---|
4334 | </sect1>
|
---|
4335 |
|
---|
4336 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-adoptstate">
|
---|
4337 |
|
---|
4338 | <title>VBoxManage adoptstate</title>
|
---|
4339 |
|
---|
4340 | <para>
|
---|
4341 | If you have a Saved state file (<filename>.sav</filename>) that is
|
---|
4342 | separate from the VM configuration, you can use this command to
|
---|
4343 | <emphasis>adopt</emphasis> the file. This will change the VM to
|
---|
4344 | saved state and when you start it, &product-name; will attempt to
|
---|
4345 | restore it from the saved state file you indicated. This command
|
---|
4346 | should only be used in special setups.
|
---|
4347 | </para>
|
---|
4348 |
|
---|
4349 | </sect1>
|
---|
4350 |
|
---|
4351 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-closemedium">
|
---|
4352 |
|
---|
4353 | <title>VBoxManage closemedium</title>
|
---|
4354 |
|
---|
4355 | <para>
|
---|
4356 | This command removes a hard disk, DVD, or floppy image from a
|
---|
4357 | &product-name; media registry.
|
---|
4358 | </para>
|
---|
4359 |
|
---|
4360 | <screen>VBoxManage closemedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename>
|
---|
4361 | [--delete]</screen>
|
---|
4362 |
|
---|
4363 | <para>
|
---|
4364 | Optionally, you can request that the image be deleted. You will
|
---|
4365 | get appropriate diagnostics that the deletion failed, however the
|
---|
4366 | image will become unregistered in any case.
|
---|
4367 | </para>
|
---|
4368 |
|
---|
4369 | </sect1>
|
---|
4370 |
|
---|
4371 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-storageattach">
|
---|
4372 |
|
---|
4373 | <title>VBoxManage storageattach</title>
|
---|
4374 |
|
---|
4375 | <para>
|
---|
4376 | This command attaches, modifies, and removes a storage medium
|
---|
4377 | connected to a storage controller that was previously added with
|
---|
4378 | the <command>storagectl</command> command. The syntax is as
|
---|
4379 | follows:
|
---|
4380 | </para>
|
---|
4381 |
|
---|
4382 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
4383 | --storagectl <name>
|
---|
4384 | [--port <number>]
|
---|
4385 | [--device <number>]
|
---|
4386 | [--type dvddrive|hdd|fdd]
|
---|
4387 | [--medium none|emptydrive|additions|
|
---|
4388 | <uuid>|<filename>|host:<drive>|iscsi]
|
---|
4389 | [--mtype normal|writethrough|immutable|shareable
|
---|
4390 | readonly|multiattach]
|
---|
4391 | [--comment <text>]
|
---|
4392 | [--setuuid <uuid>]
|
---|
4393 | [--setparentuuid <uuid>]
|
---|
4394 | [--passthrough on|off]
|
---|
4395 | [--tempeject on|off]
|
---|
4396 | [--nonrotational on|off]
|
---|
4397 | [--discard on|off]
|
---|
4398 | [--hotpluggable on|off]
|
---|
4399 | [--bandwidthgroup name|none]
|
---|
4400 | [--forceunmount]
|
---|
4401 | [--server <name>|<ip>]
|
---|
4402 | [--target <target>]
|
---|
4403 | [--tport <port>]
|
---|
4404 | [--lun <lun>]
|
---|
4405 | [--encodedlun <lun>]
|
---|
4406 | [--username <username>]
|
---|
4407 | [--password <password>]
|
---|
4408 | [--passwordfile <file>]
|
---|
4409 | [--initiator <initiator>]
|
---|
4410 | [--intnet]</screen>
|
---|
4411 |
|
---|
4412 | <para>
|
---|
4413 | A number of parameters are commonly required. Some parameters are
|
---|
4414 | required only for iSCSI targets.
|
---|
4415 | </para>
|
---|
4416 |
|
---|
4417 | <para>
|
---|
4418 | The common parameters are as follows:
|
---|
4419 | </para>
|
---|
4420 |
|
---|
4421 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4422 |
|
---|
4423 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4424 | <term>
|
---|
4425 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
4426 | </term>
|
---|
4427 |
|
---|
4428 | <listitem>
|
---|
4429 | <para>
|
---|
4430 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
4431 | </para>
|
---|
4432 | </listitem>
|
---|
4433 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4434 |
|
---|
4435 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4436 | <term>
|
---|
4437 | <computeroutput>--storagectl</computeroutput>
|
---|
4438 | </term>
|
---|
4439 |
|
---|
4440 | <listitem>
|
---|
4441 | <para>
|
---|
4442 | Name of the storage controller. Mandatory. The list of the
|
---|
4443 | storage controllers currently attached to a VM can be
|
---|
4444 | obtained with <command>VBoxManage showvminfo</command>. See
|
---|
4445 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-showvminfo" />.
|
---|
4446 | </para>
|
---|
4447 | </listitem>
|
---|
4448 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4449 |
|
---|
4450 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4451 | <term>
|
---|
4452 | <computeroutput>--port</computeroutput>
|
---|
4453 | </term>
|
---|
4454 |
|
---|
4455 | <listitem>
|
---|
4456 | <para>
|
---|
4457 | The number of the storage controller's port which is to be
|
---|
4458 | modified. Mandatory, unless the storage controller has only
|
---|
4459 | a single port.
|
---|
4460 | </para>
|
---|
4461 | </listitem>
|
---|
4462 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4463 |
|
---|
4464 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4465 | <term>
|
---|
4466 | <computeroutput>--device</computeroutput>
|
---|
4467 | </term>
|
---|
4468 |
|
---|
4469 | <listitem>
|
---|
4470 | <para>
|
---|
4471 | The number of the port's device which is to be modified.
|
---|
4472 | Mandatory, unless the storage controller has only a single
|
---|
4473 | device per port.
|
---|
4474 | </para>
|
---|
4475 | </listitem>
|
---|
4476 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4477 |
|
---|
4478 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4479 | <term>
|
---|
4480 | <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput>
|
---|
4481 | </term>
|
---|
4482 |
|
---|
4483 | <listitem>
|
---|
4484 | <para>
|
---|
4485 | Define the type of the drive to which the medium is being
|
---|
4486 | attached, detached, or modified. This argument can only be
|
---|
4487 | omitted if the type of medium can be determined from either
|
---|
4488 | the medium given with the
|
---|
4489 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput> argument or from a
|
---|
4490 | previous medium attachment.
|
---|
4491 | </para>
|
---|
4492 | </listitem>
|
---|
4493 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4494 |
|
---|
4495 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4496 | <term>
|
---|
4497 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput>
|
---|
4498 | </term>
|
---|
4499 |
|
---|
4500 | <listitem>
|
---|
4501 | <para>
|
---|
4502 | Specifies what is to be attached. The following values are
|
---|
4503 | supported:
|
---|
4504 | </para>
|
---|
4505 |
|
---|
4506 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4507 |
|
---|
4508 | <listitem>
|
---|
4509 | <para>
|
---|
4510 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput>: Any existing
|
---|
4511 | device should be removed from the given slot.
|
---|
4512 | </para>
|
---|
4513 | </listitem>
|
---|
4514 |
|
---|
4515 | <listitem>
|
---|
4516 | <para>
|
---|
4517 | <computeroutput>emptydrive</computeroutput>: For a
|
---|
4518 | virtual DVD or floppy drive only, this makes the device
|
---|
4519 | slot behave like a removeable drive into which no media
|
---|
4520 | has been inserted.
|
---|
4521 | </para>
|
---|
4522 | </listitem>
|
---|
4523 |
|
---|
4524 | <listitem>
|
---|
4525 | <para>
|
---|
4526 | <computeroutput>additions</computeroutput>: For a
|
---|
4527 | virtual DVD drive only, this attaches the
|
---|
4528 | <emphasis>VirtualBox Guest Additions</emphasis> image to
|
---|
4529 | the given device slot.
|
---|
4530 | </para>
|
---|
4531 | </listitem>
|
---|
4532 |
|
---|
4533 | <listitem>
|
---|
4534 | <para>
|
---|
4535 | If a UUID is specified, it must be the UUID of a storage
|
---|
4536 | medium that is already known to &product-name;. For
|
---|
4537 | example, because it has been attached to another virtual
|
---|
4538 | machine. See <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" /> for
|
---|
4539 | details of how to list known media. This medium is then
|
---|
4540 | attached to the given device slot.
|
---|
4541 | </para>
|
---|
4542 | </listitem>
|
---|
4543 |
|
---|
4544 | <listitem>
|
---|
4545 | <para>
|
---|
4546 | If a filename is specified, it must be the full path of
|
---|
4547 | an existing disk image in ISO, RAW, VDI, VMDK, or other
|
---|
4548 | format. The disk image is then attached to the given
|
---|
4549 | device slot.
|
---|
4550 | </para>
|
---|
4551 | </listitem>
|
---|
4552 |
|
---|
4553 | <listitem>
|
---|
4554 | <para>
|
---|
4555 | <computeroutput>host:<drive></computeroutput>: For
|
---|
4556 | a virtual DVD or floppy drive only, this connects the
|
---|
4557 | given device slot to the specified DVD or floppy drive
|
---|
4558 | on the host computer.
|
---|
4559 | </para>
|
---|
4560 | </listitem>
|
---|
4561 |
|
---|
4562 | <listitem>
|
---|
4563 | <para>
|
---|
4564 | <computeroutput>iscsi</computeroutput>: For virtual hard
|
---|
4565 | disks only, this is used for specifying an iSCSI target.
|
---|
4566 | In this case, additional parameters must be given. These
|
---|
4567 | are described below.
|
---|
4568 | </para>
|
---|
4569 | </listitem>
|
---|
4570 |
|
---|
4571 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4572 |
|
---|
4573 | <para>
|
---|
4574 | Some of the above changes, in particular for removeable
|
---|
4575 | media such as floppies and CDs/DVDs, can be effected while a
|
---|
4576 | VM is running. Others, such as device changes or changes in
|
---|
4577 | hard disk device slots, require the VM to be powered off.
|
---|
4578 | </para>
|
---|
4579 | </listitem>
|
---|
4580 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4581 |
|
---|
4582 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4583 | <term>
|
---|
4584 | <computeroutput>--mtype</computeroutput>
|
---|
4585 | </term>
|
---|
4586 |
|
---|
4587 | <listitem>
|
---|
4588 | <para>
|
---|
4589 | Defines how this medium behaves with respect to snapshots
|
---|
4590 | and write operations. See <xref linkend="hdimagewrites" />.
|
---|
4591 | </para>
|
---|
4592 | </listitem>
|
---|
4593 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4594 |
|
---|
4595 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4596 | <term>
|
---|
4597 | <computeroutput>--comment</computeroutput>
|
---|
4598 | </term>
|
---|
4599 |
|
---|
4600 | <listitem>
|
---|
4601 | <para>
|
---|
4602 | An optional description that you want to have stored with
|
---|
4603 | this medium. For example, for an iSCSI target, "Big storage
|
---|
4604 | server downstairs". This is purely descriptive and not
|
---|
4605 | needed for the medium to function correctly.
|
---|
4606 | </para>
|
---|
4607 | </listitem>
|
---|
4608 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4609 |
|
---|
4610 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4611 | <term>
|
---|
4612 | <computeroutput>--setuuid, --setparentuuid</computeroutput>
|
---|
4613 | </term>
|
---|
4614 |
|
---|
4615 | <listitem>
|
---|
4616 | <para>
|
---|
4617 | Modifies the UUID or parent UUID of a medium before
|
---|
4618 | attaching it to a VM. This is an expert option.
|
---|
4619 | Inappropriate use can make the medium unusable or lead to
|
---|
4620 | broken VM configurations if any other VM is referring to the
|
---|
4621 | same media already. The most frequently used variant is
|
---|
4622 | <computeroutput>--setuuid ""</computeroutput>, which assigns
|
---|
4623 | a new random UUID to an image. This option is useful for
|
---|
4624 | resolving duplicate UUID errors if you duplicated an image
|
---|
4625 | using a file copy utility.
|
---|
4626 | </para>
|
---|
4627 | </listitem>
|
---|
4628 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4629 |
|
---|
4630 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4631 | <term>
|
---|
4632 | <computeroutput>--passthrough</computeroutput>
|
---|
4633 | </term>
|
---|
4634 |
|
---|
4635 | <listitem>
|
---|
4636 | <para>
|
---|
4637 | For a virtual DVD drive only, you can enable DVD writing
|
---|
4638 | support. This feature is currently experimental, see
|
---|
4639 | <xref
|
---|
4640 | linkend="storage-cds" />.
|
---|
4641 | </para>
|
---|
4642 | </listitem>
|
---|
4643 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4644 |
|
---|
4645 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4646 | <term>
|
---|
4647 | <computeroutput>--tempeject</computeroutput>
|
---|
4648 | </term>
|
---|
4649 |
|
---|
4650 | <listitem>
|
---|
4651 | <para>
|
---|
4652 | For a virtual DVD drive only, you can configure the behavior
|
---|
4653 | for guest-triggered medium eject. If this is set to on, the
|
---|
4654 | eject has only a temporary effect. If the VM is powered off
|
---|
4655 | and restarted the originally configured medium will be still
|
---|
4656 | in the drive.
|
---|
4657 | </para>
|
---|
4658 | </listitem>
|
---|
4659 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4660 |
|
---|
4661 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4662 | <term>
|
---|
4663 | <computeroutput>--nonrotational</computeroutput>
|
---|
4664 | </term>
|
---|
4665 |
|
---|
4666 | <listitem>
|
---|
4667 | <para>
|
---|
4668 | Enables you to enable the non-rotational flag for virtual
|
---|
4669 | hard disks. Some guests, such as Windows 7 or later, treat
|
---|
4670 | such disks like SSDs and do not perform disk fragmentation
|
---|
4671 | on such media.
|
---|
4672 | </para>
|
---|
4673 | </listitem>
|
---|
4674 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4675 |
|
---|
4676 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4677 | <term>
|
---|
4678 | <computeroutput>--discard</computeroutput>
|
---|
4679 | </term>
|
---|
4680 |
|
---|
4681 | <listitem>
|
---|
4682 | <para>
|
---|
4683 | Enables the auto-discard feature for a virtual hard disks.
|
---|
4684 | This specifies that a VDI image will be shrunk in response
|
---|
4685 | to the trim command from the guest OS. The following
|
---|
4686 | requirements must be met:
|
---|
4687 | </para>
|
---|
4688 |
|
---|
4689 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4690 |
|
---|
4691 | <listitem>
|
---|
4692 | <para>
|
---|
4693 | The disk format must be VDI.
|
---|
4694 | </para>
|
---|
4695 | </listitem>
|
---|
4696 |
|
---|
4697 | <listitem>
|
---|
4698 | <para>
|
---|
4699 | The size of the cleared area must be at least 1 MB.
|
---|
4700 | </para>
|
---|
4701 | </listitem>
|
---|
4702 |
|
---|
4703 | <listitem>
|
---|
4704 | <para>
|
---|
4705 | &product-name; will only trim whole 1 MB blocks. The
|
---|
4706 | VDIs themselves are organized into 1 MB blocks, so this
|
---|
4707 | will only work if the space being trimmed is at least a
|
---|
4708 | 1 MB contiguous block at a 1 MB boundary. On Windows,
|
---|
4709 | occasional defragmentation with <command>defrag.exe
|
---|
4710 | /D</command>, or on Linux running <command>btrfs
|
---|
4711 | filesystem defrag</command> as a background cron job may
|
---|
4712 | be beneficial.
|
---|
4713 | </para>
|
---|
4714 | </listitem>
|
---|
4715 |
|
---|
4716 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4717 |
|
---|
4718 | <note>
|
---|
4719 | <para>
|
---|
4720 | The Guest OS must be configured to issue the
|
---|
4721 | <command>trim</command> command, and typically this means
|
---|
4722 | that the guest OS is made to see the disk as an SSD. Ext4
|
---|
4723 | supports the -o discard mount flag. Mac OS X probably
|
---|
4724 | requires additional settings. Windows should automatically
|
---|
4725 | detect and support SSDs, at least in versions 7, 8, and
|
---|
4726 | 10. The Linux exFAT driver from Samsung supports the
|
---|
4727 | <command>trim</command> command.
|
---|
4728 | </para>
|
---|
4729 | </note>
|
---|
4730 |
|
---|
4731 | <para>
|
---|
4732 | It is unclear whether Microsoft's implementation of exFAT
|
---|
4733 | supports this feature, even though that file system was
|
---|
4734 | originally designed for flash.
|
---|
4735 | </para>
|
---|
4736 |
|
---|
4737 | <para>
|
---|
4738 | Alternatively, there are other methods to issue trim. For
|
---|
4739 | example, the Linux <command>fstrim</command> command, part
|
---|
4740 | of the util-linux package. Earlier solutions required a user
|
---|
4741 | to zero out unused areas, using zerofree or similar, and to
|
---|
4742 | compact the disk. This is only possible when the VM is
|
---|
4743 | offline.
|
---|
4744 | </para>
|
---|
4745 | </listitem>
|
---|
4746 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4747 |
|
---|
4748 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4749 | <term>
|
---|
4750 | <computeroutput>--bandwidthgroup</computeroutput>
|
---|
4751 | </term>
|
---|
4752 |
|
---|
4753 | <listitem>
|
---|
4754 | <para>
|
---|
4755 | Sets the bandwidth group to use for the given device. See
|
---|
4756 | <xref linkend="storage-bandwidth-limit" />.
|
---|
4757 | </para>
|
---|
4758 | </listitem>
|
---|
4759 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4760 |
|
---|
4761 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4762 | <term>
|
---|
4763 | <computeroutput>--forceunmount</computeroutput>
|
---|
4764 | </term>
|
---|
4765 |
|
---|
4766 | <listitem>
|
---|
4767 | <para>
|
---|
4768 | For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only, this forcibly
|
---|
4769 | unmounts the DVD/CD/Floppy or mounts a new DVD/CD/Floppy
|
---|
4770 | even if the previous one is locked down by the guest for
|
---|
4771 | reading. See <xref linkend="storage-cds" />.
|
---|
4772 | </para>
|
---|
4773 | </listitem>
|
---|
4774 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4775 |
|
---|
4776 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4777 |
|
---|
4778 | <para>
|
---|
4779 | When <computeroutput>iscsi</computeroutput> is used with the
|
---|
4780 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput> parameter for iSCSI
|
---|
4781 | support, additional parameters must or can be used. See also
|
---|
4782 | <xref linkend="storage-iscsi" />.
|
---|
4783 | </para>
|
---|
4784 |
|
---|
4785 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4786 |
|
---|
4787 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4788 | <term>
|
---|
4789 | <computeroutput>--server</computeroutput>
|
---|
4790 | </term>
|
---|
4791 |
|
---|
4792 | <listitem>
|
---|
4793 | <para>
|
---|
4794 | The host name or IP address of the iSCSI target. Required.
|
---|
4795 | </para>
|
---|
4796 | </listitem>
|
---|
4797 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4798 |
|
---|
4799 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4800 | <term>
|
---|
4801 | <computeroutput>--target</computeroutput>
|
---|
4802 | </term>
|
---|
4803 |
|
---|
4804 | <listitem>
|
---|
4805 | <para>
|
---|
4806 | Target name string. This is determined by the iSCSI target
|
---|
4807 | and used to identify the storage resource. Required.
|
---|
4808 | </para>
|
---|
4809 | </listitem>
|
---|
4810 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4811 |
|
---|
4812 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4813 | <term>
|
---|
4814 | <computeroutput>--tport</computeroutput>
|
---|
4815 | </term>
|
---|
4816 |
|
---|
4817 | <listitem>
|
---|
4818 | <para>
|
---|
4819 | TCP/IP port number of the iSCSI service on the target.
|
---|
4820 | Optional.
|
---|
4821 | </para>
|
---|
4822 | </listitem>
|
---|
4823 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4824 |
|
---|
4825 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4826 | <term>
|
---|
4827 | <computeroutput>--lun</computeroutput>
|
---|
4828 | </term>
|
---|
4829 |
|
---|
4830 | <listitem>
|
---|
4831 | <para>
|
---|
4832 | Logical Unit Number of the target resource. Optional. Often,
|
---|
4833 | this value is zero.
|
---|
4834 | </para>
|
---|
4835 | </listitem>
|
---|
4836 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4837 |
|
---|
4838 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4839 | <term>
|
---|
4840 | <computeroutput>--encodedlun</computeroutput>
|
---|
4841 | </term>
|
---|
4842 |
|
---|
4843 | <listitem>
|
---|
4844 | <para>
|
---|
4845 | Hex-encoded Logical Unit Number of the target resource.
|
---|
4846 | Optional. Often, this value is zero.
|
---|
4847 | </para>
|
---|
4848 | </listitem>
|
---|
4849 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4850 |
|
---|
4851 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4852 | <term>
|
---|
4853 | <computeroutput>--username, --password,
|
---|
4854 | --passwordfile</computeroutput>
|
---|
4855 | </term>
|
---|
4856 |
|
---|
4857 | <listitem>
|
---|
4858 | <para>
|
---|
4859 | Username and password, called the initiator secret, for
|
---|
4860 | target authentication, if required. Optional.
|
---|
4861 | </para>
|
---|
4862 |
|
---|
4863 | <note>
|
---|
4864 | <para>
|
---|
4865 | Username and password are stored without encryption, in
|
---|
4866 | clear text, in the XML machine configuration file if no
|
---|
4867 | settings password is provided. When a settings password is
|
---|
4868 | specified for the first time, the password is stored in
|
---|
4869 | encrypted form. As an alternative to providing the
|
---|
4870 | password on the command line, a reference to a file
|
---|
4871 | containing the text can be provided using the
|
---|
4872 | <computeroutput>passwordfile</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
4873 | </para>
|
---|
4874 | </note>
|
---|
4875 | </listitem>
|
---|
4876 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4877 |
|
---|
4878 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4879 | <term>
|
---|
4880 | <computeroutput>--initiator</computeroutput>
|
---|
4881 | </term>
|
---|
4882 |
|
---|
4883 | <listitem>
|
---|
4884 | <para>
|
---|
4885 | iSCSI Initiator. Optional.
|
---|
4886 | </para>
|
---|
4887 |
|
---|
4888 | <para>
|
---|
4889 | Microsoft iSCSI Initiator is a system, such as a server that
|
---|
4890 | attaches to an IP network and initiates requests and
|
---|
4891 | receives responses from an iSCSI target. The SAN components
|
---|
4892 | in Microsoft iSCSI Initiator are largely analogous to Fibre
|
---|
4893 | Channel SAN components, and they include the following:
|
---|
4894 | </para>
|
---|
4895 |
|
---|
4896 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4897 |
|
---|
4898 | <listitem>
|
---|
4899 | <para>
|
---|
4900 | To transport blocks of iSCSI commands over the IP
|
---|
4901 | network, an iSCSI driver must be installed on the iSCSI
|
---|
4902 | host. An iSCSI driver is included with Microsoft iSCSI
|
---|
4903 | Initiator.
|
---|
4904 | </para>
|
---|
4905 | </listitem>
|
---|
4906 |
|
---|
4907 | <listitem>
|
---|
4908 | <para>
|
---|
4909 | A gigabit Ethernet adapter that transmits 1000 megabits
|
---|
4910 | per second (Mbps) is recommended for the connection to
|
---|
4911 | an iSCSI target. Like standard 10/100 adapters, most
|
---|
4912 | gigabit adapters use a preexisting Category 5 or
|
---|
4913 | Category 6E cable. Each port on the adapter is
|
---|
4914 | identified by a unique IP address.
|
---|
4915 | </para>
|
---|
4916 | </listitem>
|
---|
4917 |
|
---|
4918 | <listitem>
|
---|
4919 | <para>
|
---|
4920 | An iSCSI target is any device that receives iSCSI
|
---|
4921 | commands. The device can be an end node, such as a
|
---|
4922 | storage device, or it can be an intermediate device,
|
---|
4923 | such as a network bridge between IP and Fibre Channel
|
---|
4924 | devices. Each port on the storage array controller or
|
---|
4925 | network bridge is identified by one or more IP addresses
|
---|
4926 | </para>
|
---|
4927 | </listitem>
|
---|
4928 |
|
---|
4929 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4930 | </listitem>
|
---|
4931 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4932 |
|
---|
4933 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4934 | <term>
|
---|
4935 | <computeroutput>--intnet</computeroutput>
|
---|
4936 | </term>
|
---|
4937 |
|
---|
4938 | <listitem>
|
---|
4939 | <para>
|
---|
4940 | If specified, connect to the iSCSI target using Internal
|
---|
4941 | Networking. This needs further configuration, see
|
---|
4942 | <xref linkend="iscsi-intnet" />.
|
---|
4943 | </para>
|
---|
4944 | </listitem>
|
---|
4945 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4946 |
|
---|
4947 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4948 |
|
---|
4949 | </sect1>
|
---|
4950 |
|
---|
4951 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-storagectl">
|
---|
4952 |
|
---|
4953 | <title>VBoxManage storagectl</title>
|
---|
4954 |
|
---|
4955 | <para>
|
---|
4956 | This command attaches, modifies, and removes a storage controller.
|
---|
4957 | After this, virtual media can be attached to the controller with
|
---|
4958 | the <command>storageattach</command> command.
|
---|
4959 | </para>
|
---|
4960 |
|
---|
4961 | <para>
|
---|
4962 | The syntax for this command is as follows:
|
---|
4963 | </para>
|
---|
4964 |
|
---|
4965 | <screen>VBoxManage storagectl <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
4966 | --name <name>
|
---|
4967 | [--add ide|sata|scsi|floppy|sas|usb|pcie]
|
---|
4968 | [--controller LSILogic|LSILogicSAS|BusLogic|
|
---|
4969 | IntelAhci|PIIX3|PIIX4|ICH6|I82078|
|
---|
4970 | USB|NVMe|VirtIO]
|
---|
4971 | [--portcount <1-30>]
|
---|
4972 | [--hostiocache on|off]
|
---|
4973 | [--bootable on|off]
|
---|
4974 | [--rename <name>]
|
---|
4975 | [--remove]</screen>
|
---|
4976 |
|
---|
4977 | <para>
|
---|
4978 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
4979 | </para>
|
---|
4980 |
|
---|
4981 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4982 |
|
---|
4983 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4984 | <term>
|
---|
4985 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
4986 | </term>
|
---|
4987 |
|
---|
4988 | <listitem>
|
---|
4989 | <para>
|
---|
4990 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
4991 | </para>
|
---|
4992 | </listitem>
|
---|
4993 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4994 |
|
---|
4995 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4996 | <term>
|
---|
4997 | <computeroutput>--name</computeroutput>
|
---|
4998 | </term>
|
---|
4999 |
|
---|
5000 | <listitem>
|
---|
5001 | <para>
|
---|
5002 | Specifies the name of the storage controller. Mandatory.
|
---|
5003 | </para>
|
---|
5004 | </listitem>
|
---|
5005 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5006 |
|
---|
5007 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5008 | <term>
|
---|
5009 | <computeroutput>--add</computeroutput>
|
---|
5010 | </term>
|
---|
5011 |
|
---|
5012 | <listitem>
|
---|
5013 | <para>
|
---|
5014 | Specifies the type of the system bus to which the storage
|
---|
5015 | controller must be connected.
|
---|
5016 | </para>
|
---|
5017 | </listitem>
|
---|
5018 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5019 |
|
---|
5020 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5021 | <term>
|
---|
5022 | <computeroutput>--controller</computeroutput>
|
---|
5023 | </term>
|
---|
5024 |
|
---|
5025 | <listitem>
|
---|
5026 | <para>
|
---|
5027 | Enables a choice of chipset type being emulated for the
|
---|
5028 | given storage controller.
|
---|
5029 | </para>
|
---|
5030 | </listitem>
|
---|
5031 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5032 |
|
---|
5033 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5034 | <term>
|
---|
5035 | <computeroutput>--portcount</computeroutput>
|
---|
5036 | </term>
|
---|
5037 |
|
---|
5038 | <listitem>
|
---|
5039 | <para>
|
---|
5040 | This specifies the number of ports the storage controller
|
---|
5041 | should support.
|
---|
5042 | </para>
|
---|
5043 | </listitem>
|
---|
5044 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5045 |
|
---|
5046 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5047 | <term>
|
---|
5048 | <computeroutput>--hostiocache</computeroutput>
|
---|
5049 | </term>
|
---|
5050 |
|
---|
5051 | <listitem>
|
---|
5052 | <para>
|
---|
5053 | Configures the use of the host I/O cache for all disk images
|
---|
5054 | attached to this storage controller. See
|
---|
5055 | <xref
|
---|
5056 | linkend="iocaching" />.
|
---|
5057 | </para>
|
---|
5058 | </listitem>
|
---|
5059 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5060 |
|
---|
5061 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5062 | <term>
|
---|
5063 | <computeroutput>--bootable</computeroutput>
|
---|
5064 | </term>
|
---|
5065 |
|
---|
5066 | <listitem>
|
---|
5067 | <para>
|
---|
5068 | Specifies whether this controller is bootable.
|
---|
5069 | </para>
|
---|
5070 | </listitem>
|
---|
5071 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5072 |
|
---|
5073 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5074 | <term>
|
---|
5075 | <computeroutput>--rename</computeroutput>
|
---|
5076 | </term>
|
---|
5077 |
|
---|
5078 | <listitem>
|
---|
5079 | <para>
|
---|
5080 | Specifies a new name for the storage controller.
|
---|
5081 | </para>
|
---|
5082 | </listitem>
|
---|
5083 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5084 |
|
---|
5085 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5086 | <term>
|
---|
5087 | <computeroutput>--remove</computeroutput>
|
---|
5088 | </term>
|
---|
5089 |
|
---|
5090 | <listitem>
|
---|
5091 | <para>
|
---|
5092 | Removes the storage controller from the VM configuration.
|
---|
5093 | </para>
|
---|
5094 | </listitem>
|
---|
5095 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5096 |
|
---|
5097 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5098 |
|
---|
5099 | </sect1>
|
---|
5100 |
|
---|
5101 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-bandwidthctl">
|
---|
5102 |
|
---|
5103 | <title>VBoxManage bandwidthctl</title>
|
---|
5104 |
|
---|
5105 | <para>
|
---|
5106 | This command creates, deletes, modifies, and shows bandwidth
|
---|
5107 | groups of the given virtual machine.
|
---|
5108 | </para>
|
---|
5109 |
|
---|
5110 | <screen>VBoxManage bandwidthctl <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
5111 | add <name> --type disk|network --limit <MBps>[k|m|g|K|M|G] |
|
---|
5112 | set <name> --limit <MBps>[k|m|g|K|M|G] |
|
---|
5113 | remove <name> |
|
---|
5114 | list [--machinereadable]</screen>
|
---|
5115 |
|
---|
5116 | <para>
|
---|
5117 | The following subcommands are available:
|
---|
5118 | </para>
|
---|
5119 |
|
---|
5120 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5121 |
|
---|
5122 | <listitem>
|
---|
5123 | <para>
|
---|
5124 | <command>add</command>: Creates a new bandwidth group of a
|
---|
5125 | given type.
|
---|
5126 | </para>
|
---|
5127 | </listitem>
|
---|
5128 |
|
---|
5129 | <listitem>
|
---|
5130 | <para>
|
---|
5131 | <command>set</command>: Modifies the limit for an existing
|
---|
5132 | bandwidth group.
|
---|
5133 | </para>
|
---|
5134 | </listitem>
|
---|
5135 |
|
---|
5136 | <listitem>
|
---|
5137 | <para>
|
---|
5138 | <command>remove</command>: Deletes a bandwidth group.
|
---|
5139 | </para>
|
---|
5140 | </listitem>
|
---|
5141 |
|
---|
5142 | <listitem>
|
---|
5143 | <para>
|
---|
5144 | <command>list</command>: Shows all bandwidth groups defined
|
---|
5145 | for the given VM. Use the
|
---|
5146 | <computeroutput>--machinereadable</computeroutput> option to
|
---|
5147 | produce the same output, but in machine readable format. This
|
---|
5148 | is of the form: name="value" on a line by line basis.
|
---|
5149 | </para>
|
---|
5150 | </listitem>
|
---|
5151 |
|
---|
5152 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5153 |
|
---|
5154 | <para>
|
---|
5155 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
5156 | </para>
|
---|
5157 |
|
---|
5158 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5159 |
|
---|
5160 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5161 | <term>
|
---|
5162 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
5163 | </term>
|
---|
5164 |
|
---|
5165 | <listitem>
|
---|
5166 | <para>
|
---|
5167 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
5168 | </para>
|
---|
5169 | </listitem>
|
---|
5170 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5171 |
|
---|
5172 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5173 | <term>
|
---|
5174 | <computeroutput>--name</computeroutput>
|
---|
5175 | </term>
|
---|
5176 |
|
---|
5177 | <listitem>
|
---|
5178 | <para>
|
---|
5179 | Name of the bandwidth group. Mandatory.
|
---|
5180 | </para>
|
---|
5181 | </listitem>
|
---|
5182 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5183 |
|
---|
5184 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5185 | <term>
|
---|
5186 | <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput>
|
---|
5187 | </term>
|
---|
5188 |
|
---|
5189 | <listitem>
|
---|
5190 | <para>
|
---|
5191 | Type of the bandwidth group. Mandatory. Two types are
|
---|
5192 | supported: <computeroutput>disk</computeroutput> and
|
---|
5193 | <computeroutput>network</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
5194 | <xref linkend="storage-bandwidth-limit" /> or
|
---|
5195 | <xref linkend="network_bandwidth_limit" /> for the
|
---|
5196 | description of a particular type.
|
---|
5197 | </para>
|
---|
5198 | </listitem>
|
---|
5199 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5200 |
|
---|
5201 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5202 | <term>
|
---|
5203 | <computeroutput>--limit</computeroutput>
|
---|
5204 | </term>
|
---|
5205 |
|
---|
5206 | <listitem>
|
---|
5207 | <para>
|
---|
5208 | Specifies the limit for the given bandwidth group. This can
|
---|
5209 | be changed while the VM is running. The default unit is
|
---|
5210 | megabytes per second. The unit can be changed by specifying
|
---|
5211 | one of the following suffixes:
|
---|
5212 | <computeroutput>k</computeroutput> for kilobits per second,
|
---|
5213 | <computeroutput>m</computeroutput> for megabits per second,
|
---|
5214 | <computeroutput>g</computeroutput> for gigabits per second,
|
---|
5215 | <computeroutput>K</computeroutput> for kilobytes per second,
|
---|
5216 | <computeroutput>M</computeroutput> for megabytes per second,
|
---|
5217 | <computeroutput>G</computeroutput> for gigabytes per second.
|
---|
5218 | </para>
|
---|
5219 | </listitem>
|
---|
5220 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5221 |
|
---|
5222 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5223 |
|
---|
5224 | <note>
|
---|
5225 | <para>
|
---|
5226 | The network bandwidth limits apply only to the traffic being
|
---|
5227 | sent by virtual machines. The traffic being received by VMs is
|
---|
5228 | unlimited.
|
---|
5229 | </para>
|
---|
5230 | </note>
|
---|
5231 |
|
---|
5232 | <note>
|
---|
5233 | <para>
|
---|
5234 | To remove a bandwidth group it must not be referenced by any
|
---|
5235 | disks or adapters in the running VM.
|
---|
5236 | </para>
|
---|
5237 | </note>
|
---|
5238 |
|
---|
5239 | </sect1>
|
---|
5240 |
|
---|
5241 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-showmediuminfo">
|
---|
5242 |
|
---|
5243 | <title>VBoxManage showmediuminfo</title>
|
---|
5244 |
|
---|
5245 | <para>
|
---|
5246 | This command shows information about a medium, notably its size,
|
---|
5247 | its size on disk, its type, and the virtual machines which use it.
|
---|
5248 | </para>
|
---|
5249 |
|
---|
5250 | <note>
|
---|
5251 | <para>
|
---|
5252 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5253 | <command>showvdiinfo</command> command is also supported and
|
---|
5254 | mapped internally to the <command>showmediuminfo</command>
|
---|
5255 | command.
|
---|
5256 | </para>
|
---|
5257 | </note>
|
---|
5258 |
|
---|
5259 | <screen>VBoxManage showmediuminfo [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename></screen>
|
---|
5260 |
|
---|
5261 | <para>
|
---|
5262 | The medium must be specified either by its UUID, if the medium is
|
---|
5263 | registered, or by its filename. Registered images can be listed
|
---|
5264 | using <command>VBoxManage list hdds</command>, <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
5265 | list dvds</command>, or <command>VBoxManage list
|
---|
5266 | floppies</command>, as appropriate. See
|
---|
5267 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />.
|
---|
5268 | </para>
|
---|
5269 |
|
---|
5270 | </sect1>
|
---|
5271 |
|
---|
5272 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-createmedium">
|
---|
5273 |
|
---|
5274 | <title>VBoxManage createmedium</title>
|
---|
5275 |
|
---|
5276 | <para>
|
---|
5277 | This command creates a new medium. The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5278 | </para>
|
---|
5279 |
|
---|
5280 | <screen>VBoxManage createmedium [disk|dvd|floppy] --filename <filename>
|
---|
5281 | [--size <megabytes>|--sizebyte <bytes>]
|
---|
5282 | [--diffparent <uuid>|<filename>
|
---|
5283 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD] (default: VDI)
|
---|
5284 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]</screen>
|
---|
5285 |
|
---|
5286 | <para>
|
---|
5287 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
5288 | </para>
|
---|
5289 |
|
---|
5290 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5291 |
|
---|
5292 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5293 | <term>
|
---|
5294 | <computeroutput>--filename <filename></computeroutput>
|
---|
5295 | </term>
|
---|
5296 |
|
---|
5297 | <listitem>
|
---|
5298 | <para>
|
---|
5299 | Specifies a file name <filename> as an absolute path
|
---|
5300 | on the host file system. Mandatory.
|
---|
5301 | </para>
|
---|
5302 | </listitem>
|
---|
5303 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5304 |
|
---|
5305 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5306 | <term>
|
---|
5307 | <computeroutput>--size <megabytes></computeroutput>
|
---|
5308 | </term>
|
---|
5309 |
|
---|
5310 | <listitem>
|
---|
5311 | <para>
|
---|
5312 | Specifies the image capacity, in 1 MB units. Optional.
|
---|
5313 | </para>
|
---|
5314 | </listitem>
|
---|
5315 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5316 |
|
---|
5317 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5318 | <term>
|
---|
5319 | <computeroutput>--diffparent
|
---|
5320 | <uuid>|<filename></computeroutput>
|
---|
5321 | </term>
|
---|
5322 |
|
---|
5323 | <listitem>
|
---|
5324 | <para>
|
---|
5325 | Specifies the differencing image parent, either as a UUID or
|
---|
5326 | by the absolute pathname of the file on the host file
|
---|
5327 | system. Useful for sharing a base box disk image among
|
---|
5328 | several VMs.
|
---|
5329 | </para>
|
---|
5330 | </listitem>
|
---|
5331 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5332 |
|
---|
5333 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5334 | <term>
|
---|
5335 | <computeroutput>--format VDI|VMDK|VHD</computeroutput>
|
---|
5336 | </term>
|
---|
5337 |
|
---|
5338 | <listitem>
|
---|
5339 | <para>
|
---|
5340 | Specifies the file format for the output file. Available
|
---|
5341 | options are VDI, VMDK, VHD. The default format is VDI.
|
---|
5342 | Optional.
|
---|
5343 | </para>
|
---|
5344 | </listitem>
|
---|
5345 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5346 |
|
---|
5347 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5348 | <term>
|
---|
5349 | <computeroutput>--variant</computeroutput>
|
---|
5350 | </term>
|
---|
5351 |
|
---|
5352 | <listitem>
|
---|
5353 | <para>
|
---|
5354 | Specifies any required file format variants for the output
|
---|
5355 | file. This is a comma-separated list of variant flags.
|
---|
5356 | Options are Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX. Not all
|
---|
5357 | combinations are supported, and specifying mutually
|
---|
5358 | incompatible flags results in an error message. Optional.
|
---|
5359 | </para>
|
---|
5360 | </listitem>
|
---|
5361 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5362 |
|
---|
5363 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5364 |
|
---|
5365 | <note>
|
---|
5366 | <para>
|
---|
5367 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5368 | <command>createvdi</command> and <command>createhd</command>
|
---|
5369 | commands are also supported and mapped internally to the
|
---|
5370 | <command>createmedium</command> command.
|
---|
5371 | </para>
|
---|
5372 | </note>
|
---|
5373 |
|
---|
5374 | </sect1>
|
---|
5375 |
|
---|
5376 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-modifymedium">
|
---|
5377 |
|
---|
5378 | <title>VBoxManage modifymedium</title>
|
---|
5379 |
|
---|
5380 | <para>
|
---|
5381 | With the <command>modifymedium</command> command, you can change
|
---|
5382 | the characteristics of a disk image after it has been created.
|
---|
5383 | </para>
|
---|
5384 |
|
---|
5385 | <screen>VBoxManage modifymedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5386 | [--type normal|writethrough|immutable|shareable|
|
---|
5387 | readonly|multiattach]
|
---|
5388 | [--autoreset on|off]
|
---|
5389 | [--property <name=[value]>]
|
---|
5390 | [--compact]
|
---|
5391 | [--resize <megabytes>|--resizebyte <bytes>]
|
---|
5392 | [--move <path>]
|
---|
5393 | [--setlocation <path>]</screen>
|
---|
5394 |
|
---|
5395 | <note>
|
---|
5396 | <para>
|
---|
5397 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5398 | <command>modifyvdi</command> and <command>modifyhd</command>
|
---|
5399 | commands are also supported and mapped internally to the
|
---|
5400 | <command>modifymedium</command> command.
|
---|
5401 | </para>
|
---|
5402 | </note>
|
---|
5403 |
|
---|
5404 | <para>
|
---|
5405 | The disk image to modify must be specified either by its UUID, if
|
---|
5406 | the medium is registered, or by its filename. Registered images
|
---|
5407 | can be listed using <command>VBoxManage list hdds</command>, see
|
---|
5408 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />. A filename must be specified
|
---|
5409 | as a valid path, either as an absolute path or as a relative path
|
---|
5410 | starting from the current directory.
|
---|
5411 | </para>
|
---|
5412 |
|
---|
5413 | <para>
|
---|
5414 | The following options are available:
|
---|
5415 | </para>
|
---|
5416 |
|
---|
5417 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5418 |
|
---|
5419 | <listitem>
|
---|
5420 | <para>
|
---|
5421 | With the <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput> argument, you
|
---|
5422 | can change the type of an existing image between the normal,
|
---|
5423 | immutable, write-through and other modes. See
|
---|
5424 | <xref
|
---|
5425 | linkend="hdimagewrites" />.
|
---|
5426 | </para>
|
---|
5427 | </listitem>
|
---|
5428 |
|
---|
5429 | <listitem>
|
---|
5430 | <para>
|
---|
5431 | For immutable hard disks only, the <computeroutput>--autoreset
|
---|
5432 | on|off</computeroutput> option determines whether the disk is
|
---|
5433 | automatically reset on every VM startup. See
|
---|
5434 | <xref linkend="hdimagewrites" />. By default, autoreset is on.
|
---|
5435 | </para>
|
---|
5436 | </listitem>
|
---|
5437 |
|
---|
5438 | <listitem>
|
---|
5439 | <para>
|
---|
5440 | The <computeroutput>--compact</computeroutput> option can be
|
---|
5441 | used to compact disk images. Compacting removes blocks that
|
---|
5442 | only contains zeroes. Using this option will shrink a
|
---|
5443 | dynamically allocated image. It will reduce the
|
---|
5444 | <emphasis>physical</emphasis> size of the image without
|
---|
5445 | affecting the logical size of the virtual disk. Compaction
|
---|
5446 | works both for base images and for differencing images created
|
---|
5447 | as part of a snapshot.
|
---|
5448 | </para>
|
---|
5449 |
|
---|
5450 | <para>
|
---|
5451 | For this operation to be effective, it is required that free
|
---|
5452 | space in the guest system first be zeroed out using a suitable
|
---|
5453 | software tool. For Windows guests, you can use the
|
---|
5454 | <command>sdelete</command> tool provided by Microsoft. Run
|
---|
5455 | <command>sdelete -z</command> in the guest to zero the free
|
---|
5456 | disk space, before compressing the virtual disk image. For
|
---|
5457 | Linux, use the <command>zerofree</command> utility which
|
---|
5458 | supports ext2/ext3 filesystems. For Mac OS X guests, use the
|
---|
5459 | <computeroutput>diskutil secureErase freespace 0
|
---|
5460 | /</computeroutput> command from an elevated Terminal.
|
---|
5461 | </para>
|
---|
5462 |
|
---|
5463 | <para>
|
---|
5464 | Please note that compacting is currently only available for
|
---|
5465 | VDI images. A similar effect can be achieved by zeroing out
|
---|
5466 | free blocks and then cloning the disk to any other dynamically
|
---|
5467 | allocated format. You can use this workaround until compacting
|
---|
5468 | is also supported for disk formats other than VDI.
|
---|
5469 | </para>
|
---|
5470 | </listitem>
|
---|
5471 |
|
---|
5472 | <listitem>
|
---|
5473 | <para>
|
---|
5474 | The <computeroutput>--resize x</computeroutput> option, where
|
---|
5475 | x is the desired new total space in megabytes enables you to
|
---|
5476 | change the capacity of an existing image. This adjusts the
|
---|
5477 | <emphasis>logical</emphasis> size of a virtual disk without
|
---|
5478 | affecting the physical size much.
|
---|
5479 | </para>
|
---|
5480 |
|
---|
5481 | <para>
|
---|
5482 | This option currently works only for VDI and VHD formats, and
|
---|
5483 | only for the dynamically allocated variants. It can only be
|
---|
5484 | used to expand, but not shrink, the capacity. For example, if
|
---|
5485 | you originally created a 10 GB disk which is now full, you can
|
---|
5486 | use the <computeroutput>--resize 15360</computeroutput>
|
---|
5487 | command to change the capacity to 15 GB (15,360 MB) without
|
---|
5488 | having to create a new image and copy all data from within a
|
---|
5489 | virtual machine. Note however that this only changes the drive
|
---|
5490 | capacity. You will typically next need to use a partition
|
---|
5491 | management tool inside the guest to adjust the main partition
|
---|
5492 | to fill the drive.
|
---|
5493 | </para>
|
---|
5494 |
|
---|
5495 | <para>
|
---|
5496 | The <computeroutput>--resizebyte x</computeroutput> option
|
---|
5497 | does almost the same thing, except that x is expressed in
|
---|
5498 | bytes instead of megabytes.
|
---|
5499 | </para>
|
---|
5500 | </listitem>
|
---|
5501 |
|
---|
5502 | <listitem>
|
---|
5503 | <para>
|
---|
5504 | The <computeroutput>--move <path></computeroutput>
|
---|
5505 | option can be used to relocate a medium to a different
|
---|
5506 | location <path> on the host file system. The path can be
|
---|
5507 | either relative to the current directory or absolute.
|
---|
5508 | </para>
|
---|
5509 | </listitem>
|
---|
5510 |
|
---|
5511 | <listitem>
|
---|
5512 | <para>
|
---|
5513 | The <computeroutput>--setlocation
|
---|
5514 | <path></computeroutput> option can be used to set the
|
---|
5515 | new location <path> of the medium on the host file
|
---|
5516 | system if the medium has been moved for any reasons. The path
|
---|
5517 | can be either relative to the current directory or absolute.
|
---|
5518 | </para>
|
---|
5519 |
|
---|
5520 | <note>
|
---|
5521 | <para>
|
---|
5522 | The new location is used as is, without any sanity checks.
|
---|
5523 | The user is responsible for setting the correct path.
|
---|
5524 | </para>
|
---|
5525 | </note>
|
---|
5526 | </listitem>
|
---|
5527 |
|
---|
5528 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5529 |
|
---|
5530 | </sect1>
|
---|
5531 |
|
---|
5532 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-clonemedium">
|
---|
5533 |
|
---|
5534 | <title>VBoxManage clonemedium</title>
|
---|
5535 |
|
---|
5536 | <para>
|
---|
5537 | This command duplicates a virtual disk, DVD, or floppy medium to a
|
---|
5538 | new medium, usually an image file, with a new unique identifier
|
---|
5539 | (UUID). The new image can be transferred to another host system or
|
---|
5540 | reimported into &product-name; using the Virtual Media Manager.
|
---|
5541 | See <xref linkend="vdis" /> and <xref linkend="cloningvdis" />.
|
---|
5542 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5543 | </para>
|
---|
5544 |
|
---|
5545 | <screen>VBoxManage clonemedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|inputfile> <uuid|outputfile>
|
---|
5546 |
|
---|
5547 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD|RAW|<other>]
|
---|
5548 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5549 | [--existing]</screen>
|
---|
5550 |
|
---|
5551 | <para>
|
---|
5552 | The medium to clone as well as the target image must be described
|
---|
5553 | either by its UUIDs, if the mediums are registered, or by its
|
---|
5554 | filename. Registered images can be listed by <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
5555 | list hdds</command>. See <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />. A
|
---|
5556 | filename must be specified as valid path, either as an absolute
|
---|
5557 | path or as a relative path starting from the current directory.
|
---|
5558 | </para>
|
---|
5559 |
|
---|
5560 | <para>
|
---|
5561 | The following options are available:
|
---|
5562 | </para>
|
---|
5563 |
|
---|
5564 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5565 |
|
---|
5566 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5567 | <term>
|
---|
5568 | <computeroutput>--format</computeroutput>
|
---|
5569 | </term>
|
---|
5570 |
|
---|
5571 | <listitem>
|
---|
5572 | <para>
|
---|
5573 | Set a file format for the output file different from the
|
---|
5574 | file format of the input file.
|
---|
5575 | </para>
|
---|
5576 | </listitem>
|
---|
5577 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5578 |
|
---|
5579 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5580 | <term>
|
---|
5581 | <computeroutput>--variant</computeroutput>
|
---|
5582 | </term>
|
---|
5583 |
|
---|
5584 | <listitem>
|
---|
5585 | <para>
|
---|
5586 | Set a file format variant for the output file. This is a
|
---|
5587 | comma-separated list of variant flags. Not all combinations
|
---|
5588 | are supported, and specifying inconsistent flags will result
|
---|
5589 | in an error message.
|
---|
5590 | </para>
|
---|
5591 | </listitem>
|
---|
5592 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5593 |
|
---|
5594 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5595 | <term>
|
---|
5596 | <computeroutput>--existing</computeroutput>
|
---|
5597 | </term>
|
---|
5598 |
|
---|
5599 | <listitem>
|
---|
5600 | <para>
|
---|
5601 | Perform the clone operation to an already existing
|
---|
5602 | destination medium. Only the portion of the source medium
|
---|
5603 | which fits into the destination medium is copied. This means
|
---|
5604 | if the destination medium is smaller than the source only a
|
---|
5605 | part of it is copied, and if the destination medium is
|
---|
5606 | larger than the source the remaining part of the destination
|
---|
5607 | medium is unchanged.
|
---|
5608 | </para>
|
---|
5609 | </listitem>
|
---|
5610 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5611 |
|
---|
5612 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5613 |
|
---|
5614 | <note>
|
---|
5615 | <para>
|
---|
5616 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5617 | <command>clonevdi</command> and <command>clonehd</command>
|
---|
5618 | commands are still supported and mapped internally to the
|
---|
5619 | <command>clonemedium</command> command.
|
---|
5620 | </para>
|
---|
5621 | </note>
|
---|
5622 |
|
---|
5623 | </sect1>
|
---|
5624 |
|
---|
5625 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-mediumproperty">
|
---|
5626 |
|
---|
5627 | <title>VBoxManage mediumproperty</title>
|
---|
5628 |
|
---|
5629 | <para>
|
---|
5630 | This command sets, gets, or deletes a medium property. The syntax
|
---|
5631 | is as follows:
|
---|
5632 | </para>
|
---|
5633 |
|
---|
5634 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] set <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5635 | <property> <value></screen>
|
---|
5636 |
|
---|
5637 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5638 |
|
---|
5639 | <listitem>
|
---|
5640 | <para>
|
---|
5641 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5642 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5643 | dvd, or floppy.
|
---|
5644 | </para>
|
---|
5645 | </listitem>
|
---|
5646 |
|
---|
5647 | <listitem>
|
---|
5648 | <para>
|
---|
5649 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5650 | supply either the UUID or absolute path of the medium or
|
---|
5651 | image.
|
---|
5652 | </para>
|
---|
5653 | </listitem>
|
---|
5654 |
|
---|
5655 | <listitem>
|
---|
5656 | <para>
|
---|
5657 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5658 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5659 | </para>
|
---|
5660 | </listitem>
|
---|
5661 |
|
---|
5662 | <listitem>
|
---|
5663 | <para>
|
---|
5664 | Use <computeroutput><value></computeroutput> to supply
|
---|
5665 | the property value.
|
---|
5666 | </para>
|
---|
5667 | </listitem>
|
---|
5668 |
|
---|
5669 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5670 |
|
---|
5671 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] get <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5672 | <property></screen>
|
---|
5673 |
|
---|
5674 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5675 |
|
---|
5676 | <listitem>
|
---|
5677 | <para>
|
---|
5678 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5679 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5680 | dvd, or floppy.
|
---|
5681 | </para>
|
---|
5682 | </listitem>
|
---|
5683 |
|
---|
5684 | <listitem>
|
---|
5685 | <para>
|
---|
5686 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5687 | supply either the UUID or absolute path of the medium or
|
---|
5688 | image.
|
---|
5689 | </para>
|
---|
5690 | </listitem>
|
---|
5691 |
|
---|
5692 | <listitem>
|
---|
5693 | <para>
|
---|
5694 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5695 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5696 | </para>
|
---|
5697 | </listitem>
|
---|
5698 |
|
---|
5699 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5700 |
|
---|
5701 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] delete <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5702 | <property></screen>
|
---|
5703 |
|
---|
5704 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5705 |
|
---|
5706 | <listitem>
|
---|
5707 | <para>
|
---|
5708 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5709 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5710 | dvd, or floppy.
|
---|
5711 | </para>
|
---|
5712 | </listitem>
|
---|
5713 |
|
---|
5714 | <listitem>
|
---|
5715 | <para>
|
---|
5716 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5717 | supply either the UUID or absolute path of the medium or
|
---|
5718 | image.
|
---|
5719 | </para>
|
---|
5720 | </listitem>
|
---|
5721 |
|
---|
5722 | <listitem>
|
---|
5723 | <para>
|
---|
5724 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5725 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5726 | </para>
|
---|
5727 | </listitem>
|
---|
5728 |
|
---|
5729 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5730 |
|
---|
5731 | </sect1>
|
---|
5732 |
|
---|
5733 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-encryptmedium">
|
---|
5734 |
|
---|
5735 | <title>VBoxManage encryptmedium</title>
|
---|
5736 |
|
---|
5737 | <para>
|
---|
5738 | This command is used to create a DEK encrypted medium or image.
|
---|
5739 | See <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />.
|
---|
5740 | </para>
|
---|
5741 |
|
---|
5742 | <para>
|
---|
5743 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5744 | </para>
|
---|
5745 |
|
---|
5746 | <screen>VBoxManage encryptmedium <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5747 | [--newpassword <file|->]
|
---|
5748 | [--oldpassword <file|->]
|
---|
5749 | [--cipher <cipher id>]
|
---|
5750 | [--newpasswordid <password id>]</screen>
|
---|
5751 |
|
---|
5752 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5753 |
|
---|
5754 | <listitem>
|
---|
5755 | <para>
|
---|
5756 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5757 | supply the UUID or absolute path of the medium or image to be
|
---|
5758 | encrypted.
|
---|
5759 | </para>
|
---|
5760 | </listitem>
|
---|
5761 |
|
---|
5762 | <listitem>
|
---|
5763 | <para>
|
---|
5764 | Use <computeroutput>--newpassword
|
---|
5765 | <file|-></computeroutput> to supply a new encryption
|
---|
5766 | password. Either specify the absolute pathname of a password
|
---|
5767 | file on the host operating system, or
|
---|
5768 | <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you for the
|
---|
5769 | password on the command line. Always use the
|
---|
5770 | <computeroutput>--newpasswordid</computeroutput> option with
|
---|
5771 | this option.
|
---|
5772 | </para>
|
---|
5773 | </listitem>
|
---|
5774 |
|
---|
5775 | <listitem>
|
---|
5776 | <para>
|
---|
5777 | Use <computeroutput>--oldpassword
|
---|
5778 | <file|-></computeroutput> to supply any old encryption
|
---|
5779 | password. Either specify the absolute pathname of a password
|
---|
5780 | file on the host operating system, or
|
---|
5781 | <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you for the old
|
---|
5782 | password on the command line.
|
---|
5783 | </para>
|
---|
5784 |
|
---|
5785 | <para>
|
---|
5786 | Use this option to gain access to an encrypted medium or image
|
---|
5787 | to either change its password using
|
---|
5788 | <computeroutput>--newpassword</computeroutput> or change its
|
---|
5789 | encryption using <computeroutput>--cipher</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5790 | </para>
|
---|
5791 | </listitem>
|
---|
5792 |
|
---|
5793 | <listitem>
|
---|
5794 | <para>
|
---|
5795 | Use <computeroutput>--cipher <cipher></computeroutput>
|
---|
5796 | to specify the cipher to use for encryption. This can be
|
---|
5797 | either <computeroutput>AES-XTS128-PLAIN64</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5798 | <computeroutput>AES-XTS256-PLAIN64</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5799 | </para>
|
---|
5800 |
|
---|
5801 | <para>
|
---|
5802 | Use this option to change any existing encryption on the
|
---|
5803 | medium or image, or to set up new encryption on it for the
|
---|
5804 | first time.
|
---|
5805 | </para>
|
---|
5806 | </listitem>
|
---|
5807 |
|
---|
5808 | <listitem>
|
---|
5809 | <para>
|
---|
5810 | Use <computeroutput>--newpasswordid <password
|
---|
5811 | id></computeroutput> to supply the new password identifier.
|
---|
5812 | This can be chosen by the user, and is used for correct
|
---|
5813 | identification when supplying multiple passwords during VM
|
---|
5814 | startup.
|
---|
5815 | </para>
|
---|
5816 |
|
---|
5817 | <para>
|
---|
5818 | If the user uses the same password when encrypting multiple
|
---|
5819 | images and also the same password identifier, the user needs
|
---|
5820 | to supply the password only once during VM startup.
|
---|
5821 | </para>
|
---|
5822 | </listitem>
|
---|
5823 |
|
---|
5824 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5825 |
|
---|
5826 | </sect1>
|
---|
5827 |
|
---|
5828 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-checkmediumpwd">
|
---|
5829 |
|
---|
5830 | <title>VBoxManage checkmediumpwd</title>
|
---|
5831 |
|
---|
5832 | <para>
|
---|
5833 | This command is used to check the current encryption password on a
|
---|
5834 | DEK encrypted medium or image. See
|
---|
5835 | <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />.
|
---|
5836 | </para>
|
---|
5837 |
|
---|
5838 | <para>
|
---|
5839 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5840 | </para>
|
---|
5841 |
|
---|
5842 | <screen>VBoxManage checkmediumpwd <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5843 | <pwd file|-></screen>
|
---|
5844 |
|
---|
5845 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5846 |
|
---|
5847 | <listitem>
|
---|
5848 | <para>
|
---|
5849 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5850 | supply the UUID or absolute path of the medium or image to be
|
---|
5851 | checked.
|
---|
5852 | </para>
|
---|
5853 | </listitem>
|
---|
5854 |
|
---|
5855 | <listitem>
|
---|
5856 | <para>
|
---|
5857 | Use <computeroutput><pwd file|-></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5858 | supply the password identifier to be checked. Either specify
|
---|
5859 | the absolute pathname of a password file on the host operating
|
---|
5860 | system, or <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you
|
---|
5861 | for the password on the command line.
|
---|
5862 | </para>
|
---|
5863 | </listitem>
|
---|
5864 |
|
---|
5865 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5866 |
|
---|
5867 | </sect1>
|
---|
5868 |
|
---|
5869 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-convertfromraw">
|
---|
5870 |
|
---|
5871 | <title>VBoxManage convertfromraw</title>
|
---|
5872 |
|
---|
5873 | <para>
|
---|
5874 | This command converts a raw disk image to an &product-name; Disk
|
---|
5875 | Image (VDI) file. The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5876 | </para>
|
---|
5877 |
|
---|
5878 | <screen>VBoxManage convertfromraw <filename> <outputfile>
|
---|
5879 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD]
|
---|
5880 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5881 | [--uuid <uuid>]
|
---|
5882 | VBoxManage convertfromraw stdin <outputfile> <bytes>
|
---|
5883 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD]
|
---|
5884 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5885 | [--uuid <uuid>]</screen>
|
---|
5886 |
|
---|
5887 | <para>
|
---|
5888 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
5889 | </para>
|
---|
5890 |
|
---|
5891 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5892 |
|
---|
5893 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5894 | <term>
|
---|
5895 | <computeroutput>--bytes</computeroutput>
|
---|
5896 | </term>
|
---|
5897 |
|
---|
5898 | <listitem>
|
---|
5899 | <para>
|
---|
5900 | The size of the image file, in bytes, provided through
|
---|
5901 | stdin.
|
---|
5902 | </para>
|
---|
5903 | </listitem>
|
---|
5904 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5905 |
|
---|
5906 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5907 | <term>
|
---|
5908 | <computeroutput>--format</computeroutput>
|
---|
5909 | </term>
|
---|
5910 |
|
---|
5911 | <listitem>
|
---|
5912 | <para>
|
---|
5913 | Select the disk image format to create. The default format
|
---|
5914 | is VDI. Other options are VMDK and VHD.
|
---|
5915 | </para>
|
---|
5916 | </listitem>
|
---|
5917 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5918 |
|
---|
5919 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5920 | <term>
|
---|
5921 | <computeroutput>--variant</computeroutput>
|
---|
5922 | </term>
|
---|
5923 |
|
---|
5924 | <listitem>
|
---|
5925 | <para>
|
---|
5926 | Choose a file format variant for the output file. This is a
|
---|
5927 | comma-separated list of variant flags. Not all combinations
|
---|
5928 | are supported, and specifying inconsistent flags will result
|
---|
5929 | in an error message.
|
---|
5930 | </para>
|
---|
5931 | </listitem>
|
---|
5932 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5933 |
|
---|
5934 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5935 | <term>
|
---|
5936 | <computeroutput>--uuid</computeroutput>
|
---|
5937 | </term>
|
---|
5938 |
|
---|
5939 | <listitem>
|
---|
5940 | <para>
|
---|
5941 | Specify the UUID of the output file.
|
---|
5942 | </para>
|
---|
5943 | </listitem>
|
---|
5944 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5945 |
|
---|
5946 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5947 |
|
---|
5948 | <para>
|
---|
5949 | The <command>stdin</command> form of the command forces
|
---|
5950 | <command>VBoxManage</command> to read the content of the disk
|
---|
5951 | image from standard input. This useful when using the command in a
|
---|
5952 | pipe.
|
---|
5953 | </para>
|
---|
5954 |
|
---|
5955 | <note>
|
---|
5956 | <para>
|
---|
5957 | For compatibility with earlier versions of &product-name;, the
|
---|
5958 | <command>convertdd</command> command is also supported and
|
---|
5959 | mapped internally to the <command>convertfromraw</command>
|
---|
5960 | command.
|
---|
5961 | </para>
|
---|
5962 | </note>
|
---|
5963 |
|
---|
5964 | </sect1>
|
---|
5965 |
|
---|
5966 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-extradata">
|
---|
5967 |
|
---|
5968 | <title>VBoxManage getextradata/setextradata</title>
|
---|
5969 |
|
---|
5970 | <para>
|
---|
5971 | These commands enable you to attach and retrieve string data for a
|
---|
5972 | virtual machine or for an &product-name; configuration, by
|
---|
5973 | specifying <computeroutput>global</computeroutput> instead of a
|
---|
5974 | virtual machine name. You must specify a keyword as a text string
|
---|
5975 | to associate the data with, which you can later use to retrieve
|
---|
5976 | it. For example:
|
---|
5977 | </para>
|
---|
5978 |
|
---|
5979 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 2006.01.01
|
---|
5980 | VBoxManage setextradata SUSE10 installdate 2006.02.02</screen>
|
---|
5981 |
|
---|
5982 | <para>
|
---|
5983 | This example would associate the string "2006.01.01" with the
|
---|
5984 | keyword installdate for the virtual machine Fedora5, and
|
---|
5985 | "2006.02.02" on the machine SUSE10. You could then retrieve the
|
---|
5986 | information as follows:
|
---|
5987 | </para>
|
---|
5988 |
|
---|
5989 | <screen>VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 installdate</screen>
|
---|
5990 |
|
---|
5991 | <para>
|
---|
5992 | This would return the following:
|
---|
5993 | </para>
|
---|
5994 |
|
---|
5995 | <screen>VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
5996 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
5997 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
5998 |
|
---|
5999 | Value: 2006.01.01</screen>
|
---|
6000 |
|
---|
6001 | <para>
|
---|
6002 | You could retrieve the information for all keywords as follows:
|
---|
6003 | </para>
|
---|
6004 |
|
---|
6005 | <screen>VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 enumerate</screen>
|
---|
6006 |
|
---|
6007 | <para>
|
---|
6008 | To remove a keyword, the <command>setextradata</command> command
|
---|
6009 | must be run without specifying data, only the keyword. For
|
---|
6010 | example:
|
---|
6011 | </para>
|
---|
6012 |
|
---|
6013 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate</screen>
|
---|
6014 |
|
---|
6015 | </sect1>
|
---|
6016 |
|
---|
6017 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-setproperty">
|
---|
6018 |
|
---|
6019 | <title>VBoxManage setproperty</title>
|
---|
6020 |
|
---|
6021 | <para>
|
---|
6022 | This command is used to change global settings which affect the
|
---|
6023 | entire &product-name; installation. Some of these correspond to
|
---|
6024 | the settings in the <emphasis role="bold">Global
|
---|
6025 | Settings</emphasis> dialog in the graphical user interface. The
|
---|
6026 | following properties are available:
|
---|
6027 | </para>
|
---|
6028 |
|
---|
6029 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6030 |
|
---|
6031 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6032 | <term>
|
---|
6033 | <computeroutput>machinefolder</computeroutput>
|
---|
6034 | </term>
|
---|
6035 |
|
---|
6036 | <listitem>
|
---|
6037 | <para>
|
---|
6038 | Specifies the default folder in which virtual machine
|
---|
6039 | definitions are kept. See <xref linkend="vboxconfigdata" />.
|
---|
6040 | </para>
|
---|
6041 | </listitem>
|
---|
6042 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6043 |
|
---|
6044 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6045 | <term>
|
---|
6046 | <computeroutput>hwvirtexclusive</computeroutput>
|
---|
6047 | </term>
|
---|
6048 |
|
---|
6049 | <listitem>
|
---|
6050 | <para>
|
---|
6051 | Specifies whether &product-name; will make exclusive use of
|
---|
6052 | the hardware virtualization extensions (Intel VT-x or AMD-V)
|
---|
6053 | of the host system's processor. See
|
---|
6054 | <xref linkend="hwvirt" />. If you wish to share these
|
---|
6055 | extensions with other hypervisors running at the same time,
|
---|
6056 | you must disable this setting. Doing so has negative
|
---|
6057 | performance implications.
|
---|
6058 | </para>
|
---|
6059 | </listitem>
|
---|
6060 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6061 |
|
---|
6062 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6063 | <term>
|
---|
6064 | <computeroutput>vrdeauthlibrary</computeroutput>
|
---|
6065 | </term>
|
---|
6066 |
|
---|
6067 | <listitem>
|
---|
6068 | <para>
|
---|
6069 | Specifies which library to use when external authentication
|
---|
6070 | has been selected for a particular virtual machine. See
|
---|
6071 | <xref linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
6072 | </para>
|
---|
6073 | </listitem>
|
---|
6074 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6075 |
|
---|
6076 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6077 | <term>
|
---|
6078 | <computeroutput>websrvauthlibrary</computeroutput>
|
---|
6079 | </term>
|
---|
6080 |
|
---|
6081 | <listitem>
|
---|
6082 | <para>
|
---|
6083 | Specifies which library the web service uses to authenticate
|
---|
6084 | users. For details about the &product-name; web service, see
|
---|
6085 | the &product-name; SDK reference,
|
---|
6086 | <xref
|
---|
6087 | linkend="VirtualBoxAPI" />.
|
---|
6088 | </para>
|
---|
6089 | </listitem>
|
---|
6090 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6091 |
|
---|
6092 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6093 | <term>
|
---|
6094 | <computeroutput>vrdeextpack</computeroutput>
|
---|
6095 | </term>
|
---|
6096 |
|
---|
6097 | <listitem>
|
---|
6098 | <para>
|
---|
6099 | Specifies which library implements the VirtualBox Remote
|
---|
6100 | Desktop Extension.
|
---|
6101 | </para>
|
---|
6102 | </listitem>
|
---|
6103 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6104 |
|
---|
6105 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6106 | <term>
|
---|
6107 | <computeroutput>loghistorycount</computeroutput>
|
---|
6108 | </term>
|
---|
6109 |
|
---|
6110 | <listitem>
|
---|
6111 | <para>
|
---|
6112 | Selects how many rotated VM logs are retained.
|
---|
6113 | </para>
|
---|
6114 | </listitem>
|
---|
6115 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6116 |
|
---|
6117 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6118 | <term>
|
---|
6119 | <computeroutput>autostartdbpath</computeroutput>
|
---|
6120 | </term>
|
---|
6121 |
|
---|
6122 | <listitem>
|
---|
6123 | <para>
|
---|
6124 | Selects the path to the autostart database. See
|
---|
6125 | <xref linkend="autostart" />.
|
---|
6126 | </para>
|
---|
6127 | </listitem>
|
---|
6128 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6129 |
|
---|
6130 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6131 | <term>
|
---|
6132 | <computeroutput>defaultfrontend</computeroutput>
|
---|
6133 | </term>
|
---|
6134 |
|
---|
6135 | <listitem>
|
---|
6136 | <para>
|
---|
6137 | Selects the global default VM frontend setting. See
|
---|
6138 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
6139 | </para>
|
---|
6140 | </listitem>
|
---|
6141 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6142 |
|
---|
6143 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6144 | <term>
|
---|
6145 | <computeroutput>logginglevel</computeroutput>
|
---|
6146 | </term>
|
---|
6147 |
|
---|
6148 | <listitem>
|
---|
6149 | <para>
|
---|
6150 | Configures the VBoxSVC release logging details. See
|
---|
6151 | <ulink url="http://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/VBoxLogging" />.
|
---|
6152 | </para>
|
---|
6153 | </listitem>
|
---|
6154 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6155 |
|
---|
6156 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6157 | <term>
|
---|
6158 | <computeroutput>proxymode</computeroutput>
|
---|
6159 | </term>
|
---|
6160 |
|
---|
6161 | <listitem>
|
---|
6162 | <para>
|
---|
6163 | Configures the mode for an HTTP proxy server.
|
---|
6164 | </para>
|
---|
6165 | </listitem>
|
---|
6166 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6167 |
|
---|
6168 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6169 | <term>
|
---|
6170 | <computeroutput>proxyurl</computeroutput>
|
---|
6171 | </term>
|
---|
6172 |
|
---|
6173 | <listitem>
|
---|
6174 | <para>
|
---|
6175 | Configures the URL for an HTTP proxy server. Used when a
|
---|
6176 | manual proxy is configured using the
|
---|
6177 | <computeroutput>manual</computeroutput> setting of the
|
---|
6178 | <computeroutput>proxymode</computeroutput> property.
|
---|
6179 | </para>
|
---|
6180 | </listitem>
|
---|
6181 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6182 |
|
---|
6183 | </variablelist>
|
---|
6184 |
|
---|
6185 | </sect1>
|
---|
6186 |
|
---|
6187 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-usbfilter">
|
---|
6188 |
|
---|
6189 | <title>VBoxManage usbfilter add/modify/remove</title>
|
---|
6190 |
|
---|
6191 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter add <index,0-N>
|
---|
6192 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
6193 | --name <string>
|
---|
6194 | --action ignore|hold (global filters only)
|
---|
6195 | [--active yes|no (yes)]
|
---|
6196 | [--vendorid <XXXX> (null)]
|
---|
6197 | [--productid <XXXX> (null)]
|
---|
6198 | [--revision <IIFF> (null)]
|
---|
6199 | [--manufacturer <string> (null)]
|
---|
6200 | [--product <string> (null)]
|
---|
6201 | [--remote yes|no (null, VM filters only)]
|
---|
6202 | [--serialnumber <string> (null)]
|
---|
6203 | [--maskedinterfaces <XXXXXXXX>]
|
---|
6204 | </screen>
|
---|
6205 |
|
---|
6206 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter modify <index,0-N>
|
---|
6207 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
6208 | [--name <string>]
|
---|
6209 | [--action ignore|hold (global filters only)]
|
---|
6210 | [--active yes|no]
|
---|
6211 | [--vendorid <XXXX>]
|
---|
6212 | [--productid <XXXX>]
|
---|
6213 | [--revision <IIFF>]
|
---|
6214 | [--manufacturer <string>]
|
---|
6215 | [--product <string>]
|
---|
6216 | [--remote yes|no (null, VM filters only)]
|
---|
6217 | [--serialnumber <string>]
|
---|
6218 | [--maskedinterfaces <XXXXXXXX>]
|
---|
6219 | </screen>
|
---|
6220 |
|
---|
6221 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter remove <index,0-N>
|
---|
6222 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
6223 | </screen>
|
---|
6224 |
|
---|
6225 | <para>
|
---|
6226 | The <command>usbfilter</command> commands are used for working
|
---|
6227 | with USB filters in virtual machines, or global filters which
|
---|
6228 | affect the whole &product-name; setup. Global filters are applied
|
---|
6229 | before machine-specific filters, and may be used to prevent
|
---|
6230 | devices from being captured by any virtual machine. Global filters
|
---|
6231 | are always applied in a particular order, and only the first
|
---|
6232 | filter which fits a device is applied. For example, if the first
|
---|
6233 | global filter says to hold, or make available, a particular
|
---|
6234 | Kingston memory stick device and the second filter says to ignore
|
---|
6235 | all Kingston devices. That particular Kingston memory stick will
|
---|
6236 | be available to any machine with the appropriate filter, but no
|
---|
6237 | other Kingston device will.
|
---|
6238 | </para>
|
---|
6239 |
|
---|
6240 | <para>
|
---|
6241 | When creating a USB filter using <command>usbfilter add</command>,
|
---|
6242 | you must supply three or four mandatory parameters. The index
|
---|
6243 | specifies the position in the list at which the filter should be
|
---|
6244 | placed. If there is already a filter at that position, then it and
|
---|
6245 | the following ones will be shifted back one place. Otherwise, the
|
---|
6246 | new filter will be added onto the end of the list. The
|
---|
6247 | <computeroutput>target</computeroutput> parameter selects the
|
---|
6248 | virtual machine that the filter should be attached to or use
|
---|
6249 | <computeroutput>global</computeroutput> to apply it to all virtual
|
---|
6250 | machines. <computeroutput>name</computeroutput> is a name for the
|
---|
6251 | new filter. For global filters,
|
---|
6252 | <computeroutput>action</computeroutput> says whether to allow VMs
|
---|
6253 | access to devices that fit the filter description (hold) or not to
|
---|
6254 | give them access (ignore). In addition, you should specify
|
---|
6255 | parameters to filter by. You can find the parameters for devices
|
---|
6256 | attached to your system using <command>VBoxManage list
|
---|
6257 | usbhost</command>. Finally, you can specify whether the filter
|
---|
6258 | should be active. For local filters, whether they are for local
|
---|
6259 | devices, remote devices over an RDP connection, or either.
|
---|
6260 | </para>
|
---|
6261 |
|
---|
6262 | <para>
|
---|
6263 | When you modify a USB filter using <command>usbfilter
|
---|
6264 | modify</command>, you must specify the filter by index and by
|
---|
6265 | target, which is either a virtual machine or
|
---|
6266 | <computeroutput>global</computeroutput>. See the output of
|
---|
6267 | <command>VBoxManage list usbfilters</command> to find global
|
---|
6268 | filter indexes and <command>VBoxManage showvminfo</command> to
|
---|
6269 | find indexes for individual machines. The properties which can be
|
---|
6270 | changed are the same as for <command>usbfilter add</command>. To
|
---|
6271 | remove a filter, use <command>usbfilter remove</command> and
|
---|
6272 | specify the index and the target.
|
---|
6273 | </para>
|
---|
6274 |
|
---|
6275 | <para>
|
---|
6276 | The following is a list of the additional <command>usbfilter
|
---|
6277 | add</command> and <command>usbfilter modify</command> options,
|
---|
6278 | with details of how to use them.
|
---|
6279 | </para>
|
---|
6280 |
|
---|
6281 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6282 |
|
---|
6283 | <listitem>
|
---|
6284 | <para>
|
---|
6285 | <computeroutput>--action ignore|hold</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6286 | Specifies whether devices that fit the filter description are
|
---|
6287 | allowed access by machines (hold), or have access denied
|
---|
6288 | (ignore). Applies to global filters only.
|
---|
6289 | </para>
|
---|
6290 | </listitem>
|
---|
6291 |
|
---|
6292 | <listitem>
|
---|
6293 | <para>
|
---|
6294 | <computeroutput>--active yes|no</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
6295 | whether the USB Filter is active or temporarily disabled. For
|
---|
6296 | <computeroutput>usbfilter create</computeroutput> the default
|
---|
6297 | is active.
|
---|
6298 | </para>
|
---|
6299 | </listitem>
|
---|
6300 |
|
---|
6301 | <listitem>
|
---|
6302 | <para>
|
---|
6303 | <computeroutput>--vendorid <XXXX>|""</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6304 | Specifies a vendor ID filter. The string representation for an
|
---|
6305 | exact match has the form XXXX, where X is the hexadecimal
|
---|
6306 | digit, including leading zeroes.
|
---|
6307 | </para>
|
---|
6308 | </listitem>
|
---|
6309 |
|
---|
6310 | <listitem>
|
---|
6311 | <para>
|
---|
6312 | <computeroutput>--productid <XXXX>|""</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6313 | Specifies a product ID filter. The string representation for
|
---|
6314 | an exact match has the form XXXX, where X is the hexadecimal
|
---|
6315 | digit, including leading zeroes.
|
---|
6316 | </para>
|
---|
6317 | </listitem>
|
---|
6318 |
|
---|
6319 | <listitem>
|
---|
6320 | <para>
|
---|
6321 | <computeroutput>--revision <IIFF>|""</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6322 | Specifies a revision ID filter. The string representation for
|
---|
6323 | an exact match has the form IIFF, where I is the decimal digit
|
---|
6324 | of the integer part of the revision, and F is the decimal
|
---|
6325 | digit of its fractional part, including leading and trailing
|
---|
6326 | zeros. Note that for interval filters, it is best to use the
|
---|
6327 | hexadecimal form, because the revision is stored as a 16-bit
|
---|
6328 | packed BCD value. Therefore, the expression int:0x0100-0x0199
|
---|
6329 | will match any revision from 1.0 to 1.99 inclusive.
|
---|
6330 | </para>
|
---|
6331 | </listitem>
|
---|
6332 |
|
---|
6333 | <listitem>
|
---|
6334 | <para>
|
---|
6335 | <computeroutput>--manufacturer
|
---|
6336 | <string>|""</computeroutput>: Specifies a manufacturer
|
---|
6337 | ID filter, as a string.
|
---|
6338 | </para>
|
---|
6339 | </listitem>
|
---|
6340 |
|
---|
6341 | <listitem>
|
---|
6342 | <para>
|
---|
6343 | <computeroutput>--product <string>|""</computeroutput>:
|
---|
6344 | Specifies a product ID filter, as a string.
|
---|
6345 | </para>
|
---|
6346 | </listitem>
|
---|
6347 |
|
---|
6348 | <listitem>
|
---|
6349 | <para>
|
---|
6350 | <computeroutput>--remote yes|no""</computeroutput>: Specifies
|
---|
6351 | a remote filter, indicating whether the device is physically
|
---|
6352 | connected to a remote VRDE client or to a local host machine.
|
---|
6353 | Applies to VM filters only.
|
---|
6354 | </para>
|
---|
6355 | </listitem>
|
---|
6356 |
|
---|
6357 | <listitem>
|
---|
6358 | <para>
|
---|
6359 | <computeroutput>--serialnumber
|
---|
6360 | <string>|""</computeroutput>: Specifies a serial number
|
---|
6361 | filter, as a string.
|
---|
6362 | </para>
|
---|
6363 | </listitem>
|
---|
6364 |
|
---|
6365 | <listitem>
|
---|
6366 | <para>
|
---|
6367 | <computeroutput>--maskedinterfaces
|
---|
6368 | <XXXXXXXX></computeroutput>: Specifies a masked
|
---|
6369 | interface filter, for hiding one or more USB interfaces from
|
---|
6370 | the guest. The value is a bit mask where the set bits
|
---|
6371 | correspond to the USB interfaces that should be hidden, or
|
---|
6372 | masked off. This feature only works on Linux hosts.
|
---|
6373 | </para>
|
---|
6374 | </listitem>
|
---|
6375 |
|
---|
6376 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6377 |
|
---|
6378 | </sect1>
|
---|
6379 |
|
---|
6380 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-guestproperty">
|
---|
6381 |
|
---|
6382 | <title>VBoxManage guestproperty</title>
|
---|
6383 |
|
---|
6384 | <para>
|
---|
6385 | The <command>guestproperty</command> commands enable you to get or
|
---|
6386 | set properties of a running virtual machine. See
|
---|
6387 | <xref linkend="guestadd-guestprops" />. Guest properties are
|
---|
6388 | arbitrary keyword-value string pairs which can be written to and
|
---|
6389 | read from by either the guest or the host, so they can be used as
|
---|
6390 | a low-volume communication channel for strings, provided that a
|
---|
6391 | guest is running and has the Guest Additions installed. In
|
---|
6392 | addition, a number of values whose keywords begin with
|
---|
6393 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/</computeroutput>are automatically set
|
---|
6394 | and maintained by the Guest Additions.
|
---|
6395 | </para>
|
---|
6396 |
|
---|
6397 | <para>
|
---|
6398 | The following subcommands are available, where
|
---|
6399 | <computeroutput><vm></computeroutput> can either be a VM
|
---|
6400 | name or a VM UUID, as with the other <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
6401 | commands:
|
---|
6402 | </para>
|
---|
6403 |
|
---|
6404 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6405 |
|
---|
6406 | <listitem>
|
---|
6407 | <para>
|
---|
6408 | <computeroutput>enumerate <vm> [--patterns
|
---|
6409 | <pattern>]</computeroutput>: Lists all the guest
|
---|
6410 | properties that are available for the given VM, including the
|
---|
6411 | value. This list will be very limited if the guest's service
|
---|
6412 | process cannot be contacted, for example because the VM is not
|
---|
6413 | running or the Guest Additions are not installed.
|
---|
6414 | </para>
|
---|
6415 |
|
---|
6416 | <para>
|
---|
6417 | If <computeroutput>--patterns <pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
6418 | is specified, it acts as a filter to only list properties that
|
---|
6419 | match the given pattern. The pattern can contain the following
|
---|
6420 | wildcard characters:
|
---|
6421 | </para>
|
---|
6422 |
|
---|
6423 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6424 |
|
---|
6425 | <listitem>
|
---|
6426 | <para>
|
---|
6427 | <computeroutput>*</computeroutput> (asterisk): Represents
|
---|
6428 | any number of characters. For example,
|
---|
6429 | "<computeroutput>/VirtualBox*</computeroutput>" would
|
---|
6430 | match all properties beginning with "/VirtualBox".
|
---|
6431 | </para>
|
---|
6432 | </listitem>
|
---|
6433 |
|
---|
6434 | <listitem>
|
---|
6435 | <para>
|
---|
6436 | <computeroutput>?</computeroutput> (question mark):
|
---|
6437 | Represents a single arbitrary character. For example,
|
---|
6438 | "<computeroutput>fo?</computeroutput>" would match both
|
---|
6439 | "foo" and "for".
|
---|
6440 | </para>
|
---|
6441 | </listitem>
|
---|
6442 |
|
---|
6443 | <listitem>
|
---|
6444 | <para>
|
---|
6445 | <computeroutput>|</computeroutput> (pipe symbol): Can be
|
---|
6446 | used to specify multiple alternative patterns. For
|
---|
6447 | example, "<computeroutput>s*|t*</computeroutput>" would
|
---|
6448 | match anything starting with either "s" or "t".
|
---|
6449 | </para>
|
---|
6450 | </listitem>
|
---|
6451 |
|
---|
6452 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6453 | </listitem>
|
---|
6454 |
|
---|
6455 | <listitem>
|
---|
6456 | <para>
|
---|
6457 | <computeroutput>get <vm>
|
---|
6458 | <property></computeroutput>: Retrieves the value of a
|
---|
6459 | single property only. If the property cannot be found, for
|
---|
6460 | example because the guest is not running, the following
|
---|
6461 | message is shown:
|
---|
6462 | </para>
|
---|
6463 |
|
---|
6464 | <screen>No value set!</screen>
|
---|
6465 | </listitem>
|
---|
6466 |
|
---|
6467 | <listitem>
|
---|
6468 | <para>
|
---|
6469 | <computeroutput>set <vm> <property> [<value>
|
---|
6470 | [--flags <flags>]]</computeroutput>: Enables you to set
|
---|
6471 | a guest property by specifying the keyword and value. If
|
---|
6472 | <computeroutput><value></computeroutput> is omitted, the
|
---|
6473 | property is deleted. With
|
---|
6474 | <computeroutput>--flags</computeroutput>, you can specify
|
---|
6475 | additional behavior. You can combine several flags by
|
---|
6476 | separating them with commas.
|
---|
6477 | </para>
|
---|
6478 |
|
---|
6479 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6480 |
|
---|
6481 | <listitem>
|
---|
6482 | <para>
|
---|
6483 | <computeroutput>TRANSIENT</computeroutput>: The value will
|
---|
6484 | not be stored with the VM data when the VM exits.
|
---|
6485 | </para>
|
---|
6486 | </listitem>
|
---|
6487 |
|
---|
6488 | <listitem>
|
---|
6489 | <para>
|
---|
6490 | <computeroutput>TRANSRESET</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6491 | will be deleted as soon as the VM restarts or exits.
|
---|
6492 | </para>
|
---|
6493 | </listitem>
|
---|
6494 |
|
---|
6495 | <listitem>
|
---|
6496 | <para>
|
---|
6497 | <computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6498 | can only be changed by the host, but the guest can only
|
---|
6499 | read it.
|
---|
6500 | </para>
|
---|
6501 | </listitem>
|
---|
6502 |
|
---|
6503 | <listitem>
|
---|
6504 | <para>
|
---|
6505 | <computeroutput>RDONLYHOST</computeroutput>: The value can
|
---|
6506 | only be changed by the guest, but the host can only read
|
---|
6507 | it.
|
---|
6508 | </para>
|
---|
6509 | </listitem>
|
---|
6510 |
|
---|
6511 | <listitem>
|
---|
6512 | <para>
|
---|
6513 | <computeroutput>READONLY</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6514 | cannot be changed at all.
|
---|
6515 | </para>
|
---|
6516 | </listitem>
|
---|
6517 |
|
---|
6518 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6519 | </listitem>
|
---|
6520 |
|
---|
6521 | <listitem>
|
---|
6522 | <para>
|
---|
6523 | <computeroutput>wait <vm> <pattern> --timeout
|
---|
6524 | <timeout></computeroutput>: Waits for a particular value
|
---|
6525 | described by the pattern string to change or to be deleted or
|
---|
6526 | created. The pattern rules are the same as for the
|
---|
6527 | <command>enumerate</command> subcommand.
|
---|
6528 | </para>
|
---|
6529 | </listitem>
|
---|
6530 |
|
---|
6531 | <listitem>
|
---|
6532 | <para>
|
---|
6533 | <computeroutput>delete <vm>
|
---|
6534 | <property></computeroutput>: Deletes a guest property
|
---|
6535 | which has been set previously.
|
---|
6536 | </para>
|
---|
6537 | </listitem>
|
---|
6538 |
|
---|
6539 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6540 |
|
---|
6541 | </sect1>
|
---|
6542 |
|
---|
6543 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-guestcontrol">
|
---|
6544 |
|
---|
6545 | <title>VBoxManage guestcontrol</title>
|
---|
6546 |
|
---|
6547 | <para>
|
---|
6548 | The <command>guestcontrol</command> commands enable control of the
|
---|
6549 | guest from the host. See
|
---|
6550 | <xref
|
---|
6551 | linkend="guestadd-guestcontrol" /> for an introduction.
|
---|
6552 | </para>
|
---|
6553 |
|
---|
6554 | <para>
|
---|
6555 | The <command>guestcontrol</command> command has two sets of
|
---|
6556 | subcommands. The first set requires guest credentials to be
|
---|
6557 | specified, the second does not.
|
---|
6558 | </para>
|
---|
6559 |
|
---|
6560 | <para>
|
---|
6561 | The first set of subcommands is of the following form:
|
---|
6562 | </para>
|
---|
6563 |
|
---|
6564 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> <sub-command>
|
---|
6565 | [--username <name> ]
|
---|
6566 | [--passwordfile <file> | --password <password>]
|
---|
6567 | [--domain <domain> ]
|
---|
6568 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet] ...
|
---|
6569 | </screen>
|
---|
6570 |
|
---|
6571 | <para>
|
---|
6572 | The common options are as follows:
|
---|
6573 | </para>
|
---|
6574 |
|
---|
6575 | <screen>
|
---|
6576 | [--username <name> ]
|
---|
6577 | [--passwordfile <file> | --password <password>]
|
---|
6578 | [--domain <domain> ]
|
---|
6579 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet]
|
---|
6580 | </screen>
|
---|
6581 |
|
---|
6582 | <para>
|
---|
6583 | The common options for the first set of subcommands are explained
|
---|
6584 | in the following list.
|
---|
6585 | </para>
|
---|
6586 |
|
---|
6587 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6588 |
|
---|
6589 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6590 | <term>
|
---|
6591 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
6592 | </term>
|
---|
6593 |
|
---|
6594 | <listitem>
|
---|
6595 | <para>
|
---|
6596 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
6597 | </para>
|
---|
6598 | </listitem>
|
---|
6599 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6600 |
|
---|
6601 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6602 | <term>
|
---|
6603 | <computeroutput>--username <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
6604 | </term>
|
---|
6605 |
|
---|
6606 | <listitem>
|
---|
6607 | <para>
|
---|
6608 | Specifies the user name on guest OS under which the process
|
---|
6609 | should run. This user name must already exist on the guest
|
---|
6610 | OS. If unspecified, the host user name is used. Optional
|
---|
6611 | </para>
|
---|
6612 | </listitem>
|
---|
6613 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6614 |
|
---|
6615 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6616 | <term>
|
---|
6617 | <computeroutput>--passwordfile
|
---|
6618 | <file>|--password</computeroutput>
|
---|
6619 | </term>
|
---|
6620 |
|
---|
6621 | <listitem>
|
---|
6622 | <para>
|
---|
6623 | Specifies the absolute path on guest file system of password
|
---|
6624 | file containing the password for the specified user account
|
---|
6625 | or password for the specified user account. Optional. If
|
---|
6626 | both are omitted, empty password is assumed.
|
---|
6627 | </para>
|
---|
6628 | </listitem>
|
---|
6629 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6630 |
|
---|
6631 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6632 | <term>
|
---|
6633 | <computeroutput>--domain <domain></computeroutput>
|
---|
6634 | </term>
|
---|
6635 |
|
---|
6636 | <listitem>
|
---|
6637 | <para>
|
---|
6638 | User domain for Windows guests. Optional.
|
---|
6639 | </para>
|
---|
6640 | </listitem>
|
---|
6641 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6642 |
|
---|
6643 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6644 | <term>
|
---|
6645 | <computeroutput>-v|--verbose</computeroutput>
|
---|
6646 | </term>
|
---|
6647 |
|
---|
6648 | <listitem>
|
---|
6649 | <para>
|
---|
6650 | Makes the subcommand execution more verbose. Optional
|
---|
6651 | </para>
|
---|
6652 | </listitem>
|
---|
6653 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6654 |
|
---|
6655 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6656 | <term>
|
---|
6657 | <computeroutput>-q|--quiet</computeroutput>
|
---|
6658 | </term>
|
---|
6659 |
|
---|
6660 | <listitem>
|
---|
6661 | <para>
|
---|
6662 | Makes the subcommand execution quieter. Optional.
|
---|
6663 | </para>
|
---|
6664 | </listitem>
|
---|
6665 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6666 |
|
---|
6667 | </variablelist>
|
---|
6668 |
|
---|
6669 | <para>
|
---|
6670 | The first set of subcommands are as follows:
|
---|
6671 | </para>
|
---|
6672 |
|
---|
6673 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6674 |
|
---|
6675 | <listitem>
|
---|
6676 | <para>
|
---|
6677 | <computeroutput>run</computeroutput>: Executes a guest
|
---|
6678 | program, forwarding stdout, stderr, and stdin to and from the
|
---|
6679 | host until it completes.
|
---|
6680 | </para>
|
---|
6681 |
|
---|
6682 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> run [common-options]
|
---|
6683 | --exe <path to executable> [--timeout <msec>]
|
---|
6684 | [-E|--putenv <NAME>[=<VALUE>]] [--unquoted-args]
|
---|
6685 | [--ignore-operhaned-processes] [--profile]
|
---|
6686 | [--no-wait-stdout|--wait-stdout]
|
---|
6687 | [--no-wait-stderr|--wait-stderr]
|
---|
6688 | [--dos2unix] [--unix2dos]
|
---|
6689 | -- <program/arg0> [argument1] ... [argumentN]]
|
---|
6690 | </screen>
|
---|
6691 |
|
---|
6692 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6693 |
|
---|
6694 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6695 | <term>
|
---|
6696 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
6697 | </term>
|
---|
6698 |
|
---|
6699 | <listitem>
|
---|
6700 | <para>
|
---|
6701 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
6702 | </para>
|
---|
6703 | </listitem>
|
---|
6704 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6705 |
|
---|
6706 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6707 | <term>
|
---|
6708 | <computeroutput>--exe <path to
|
---|
6709 | executable></computeroutput>
|
---|
6710 | </term>
|
---|
6711 |
|
---|
6712 | <listitem>
|
---|
6713 | <para>
|
---|
6714 | Specifies the absolute path of the executable on the
|
---|
6715 | guest OS file system. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
6716 | <filename>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</filename>.
|
---|
6717 | </para>
|
---|
6718 | </listitem>
|
---|
6719 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6720 |
|
---|
6721 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6722 | <term>
|
---|
6723 | <computeroutput>--timeout <msec></computeroutput>
|
---|
6724 | </term>
|
---|
6725 |
|
---|
6726 | <listitem>
|
---|
6727 | <para>
|
---|
6728 | Specifies the maximum time, in microseconds, that the
|
---|
6729 | executable can run, during which
|
---|
6730 | <command>VBoxManage</command> receives its output.
|
---|
6731 | Optional. If unspecified, <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
6732 | waits indefinitely for the process to end, or an error
|
---|
6733 | occurs.
|
---|
6734 | </para>
|
---|
6735 | </listitem>
|
---|
6736 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6737 |
|
---|
6738 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6739 | <term>
|
---|
6740 | <computeroutput>-E|--putenv
|
---|
6741 | <NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>
|
---|
6742 | </term>
|
---|
6743 |
|
---|
6744 | <listitem>
|
---|
6745 | <para>
|
---|
6746 | Sets, modifies, and unsets environment variables in the
|
---|
6747 | environment in which the program will run. Optional.
|
---|
6748 | </para>
|
---|
6749 |
|
---|
6750 | <para>
|
---|
6751 | The guest process is created with the standard default
|
---|
6752 | guest OS environment. Use this option to modify that
|
---|
6753 | default environment. To set or modify a variable use:
|
---|
6754 | <computeroutput><NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>.
|
---|
6755 | To unset a variable use:
|
---|
6756 | <computeroutput><NAME>=</computeroutput>
|
---|
6757 | </para>
|
---|
6758 |
|
---|
6759 | <para>
|
---|
6760 | Any spaces in names and values should be enclosed by
|
---|
6761 | quotes.
|
---|
6762 | </para>
|
---|
6763 |
|
---|
6764 | <para>
|
---|
6765 | To set, modify, and unset multiple variables, use
|
---|
6766 | multiple instances of the
|
---|
6767 | <computeroutput>--E|--putenv</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
6768 | </para>
|
---|
6769 | </listitem>
|
---|
6770 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6771 |
|
---|
6772 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6773 | <term>
|
---|
6774 | <computeroutput>--unquoted-args</computeroutput>
|
---|
6775 | </term>
|
---|
6776 |
|
---|
6777 | <listitem>
|
---|
6778 | <para>
|
---|
6779 | Disables escaped double quoting, such as \"fred\", on
|
---|
6780 | arguments passed to the executed program. Optional.
|
---|
6781 | </para>
|
---|
6782 | </listitem>
|
---|
6783 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6784 |
|
---|
6785 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6786 | <term>
|
---|
6787 | <computeroutput>--ignore-operhaned-processes</computeroutput>
|
---|
6788 | </term>
|
---|
6789 |
|
---|
6790 | <listitem>
|
---|
6791 | <para>
|
---|
6792 | Ignore orphaned processes. Not yet implemented.
|
---|
6793 | Optional.
|
---|
6794 | </para>
|
---|
6795 | </listitem>
|
---|
6796 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6797 |
|
---|
6798 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6799 | <term>
|
---|
6800 | <computeroutput>--profile</computeroutput>
|
---|
6801 | </term>
|
---|
6802 |
|
---|
6803 | <listitem>
|
---|
6804 | <para>
|
---|
6805 | Use Profile. Not yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
6806 | </para>
|
---|
6807 | </listitem>
|
---|
6808 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6809 |
|
---|
6810 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6811 | <term>
|
---|
6812 | <computeroutput>--no-wait-stdout|--wait-stdout</computeroutput>
|
---|
6813 | </term>
|
---|
6814 |
|
---|
6815 | <listitem>
|
---|
6816 | <para>
|
---|
6817 | Does not wait or waits until the guest process ends and
|
---|
6818 | receives its exit code and reason/flags. In the case of
|
---|
6819 | <computeroutput>--wait-stdout</computeroutput>,
|
---|
6820 | <command>VBoxManage</command> receives its stdout while
|
---|
6821 | the process runs. Optional.
|
---|
6822 | </para>
|
---|
6823 | </listitem>
|
---|
6824 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6825 |
|
---|
6826 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6827 | <term>
|
---|
6828 | <computeroutput>--no-wait-stderr|--wait-stderr</computeroutput>
|
---|
6829 | </term>
|
---|
6830 |
|
---|
6831 | <listitem>
|
---|
6832 | <para>
|
---|
6833 | Does not wait or waits until the guest process ends and
|
---|
6834 | receives its exit code, error messages, and flags. In
|
---|
6835 | the case of
|
---|
6836 | <computeroutput>--wait-stderr</computeroutput>,
|
---|
6837 | <command>VBoxManage</command> receives its stderr while
|
---|
6838 | the process runs. Optional.
|
---|
6839 | </para>
|
---|
6840 | </listitem>
|
---|
6841 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6842 |
|
---|
6843 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6844 | <term>
|
---|
6845 | <computeroutput>--dos2unix</computeroutput>
|
---|
6846 | </term>
|
---|
6847 |
|
---|
6848 | <listitem>
|
---|
6849 | <para>
|
---|
6850 | Converts output from DOS/Windows guests to
|
---|
6851 | UNIX/Linux-compatible line endings, CR + LF to LF. Not
|
---|
6852 | yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
6853 | </para>
|
---|
6854 | </listitem>
|
---|
6855 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6856 |
|
---|
6857 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6858 | <term>
|
---|
6859 | <computeroutput>--unix2dos</computeroutput>
|
---|
6860 | </term>
|
---|
6861 |
|
---|
6862 | <listitem>
|
---|
6863 | <para>
|
---|
6864 | Converts output from a UNIX/Linux guests to
|
---|
6865 | DOS/Windows-compatible line endings, LF to CR + LF. Not
|
---|
6866 | yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
6867 | </para>
|
---|
6868 | </listitem>
|
---|
6869 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6870 |
|
---|
6871 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6872 | <term>
|
---|
6873 | <computeroutput>[-- <program/arg0>
|
---|
6874 | [<argument1>] ...
|
---|
6875 | [<argumentN>]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
6876 | </term>
|
---|
6877 |
|
---|
6878 | <listitem>
|
---|
6879 | <para>
|
---|
6880 | Specifies the program name, followed by one or more
|
---|
6881 | arguments to pass to the program. Optional.
|
---|
6882 | </para>
|
---|
6883 |
|
---|
6884 | <para>
|
---|
6885 | Any spaces in arguments should be enclosed by quotes.
|
---|
6886 | </para>
|
---|
6887 | </listitem>
|
---|
6888 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6889 |
|
---|
6890 | </variablelist>
|
---|
6891 |
|
---|
6892 | <note>
|
---|
6893 | <para>
|
---|
6894 | On Windows there are certain limitations for graphical
|
---|
6895 | applications. See <xref linkend="KnownIssues" />.
|
---|
6896 | </para>
|
---|
6897 | </note>
|
---|
6898 |
|
---|
6899 | <para>
|
---|
6900 | Examples of using the <command>guestcontrol run</command>
|
---|
6901 | command are as follows:
|
---|
6902 | </para>
|
---|
6903 |
|
---|
6904 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" run --exe "/bin/ls"
|
---|
6905 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout -- -l /usr</screen>
|
---|
6906 |
|
---|
6907 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" run --exe "c:\\windows\\system32\\ipconfig.exe"
|
---|
6908 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout</screen>
|
---|
6909 |
|
---|
6910 | <para>
|
---|
6911 | Note that the double backslashes in the second example are
|
---|
6912 | only required on UNIX hosts.
|
---|
6913 | </para>
|
---|
6914 |
|
---|
6915 | <note>
|
---|
6916 | <para>
|
---|
6917 | For certain commands a user name of an existing user account
|
---|
6918 | on the guest must be specified. Anonymous executions are not
|
---|
6919 | supported for security reasons. A user account password,
|
---|
6920 | however, is optional and depends on the guest's OS security
|
---|
6921 | policy or rules. If no password is specified for a given
|
---|
6922 | user name, an empty password will be used. On certain OSes
|
---|
6923 | like Windows the security policy may needs to be adjusted in
|
---|
6924 | order to allow user accounts with an empty password set.
|
---|
6925 | Also, global domain rules might apply and therefore cannot
|
---|
6926 | be changed.
|
---|
6927 | </para>
|
---|
6928 | </note>
|
---|
6929 |
|
---|
6930 | <para>
|
---|
6931 | Starting at &product-name; 4.1.2 guest process execution by
|
---|
6932 | default is limited to serve up to five guest processes at a
|
---|
6933 | time. If a new guest process gets started which would exceed
|
---|
6934 | this limit, the oldest not running guest process will be
|
---|
6935 | discarded in order to be able to run that new process. Also,
|
---|
6936 | retrieving output from this old guest process will not be
|
---|
6937 | possible anymore then. If all five guest processes are still
|
---|
6938 | active and running, starting a new guest process will result
|
---|
6939 | in an appropriate error message.
|
---|
6940 | </para>
|
---|
6941 |
|
---|
6942 | <para>
|
---|
6943 | To raise or lower the guest process execution limit, either
|
---|
6944 | use the guest property
|
---|
6945 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
6946 | or <command>VBoxService</command> command line by specifying
|
---|
6947 | <computeroutput>--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
6948 | needs to be modified. A restart of the guest OS is required
|
---|
6949 | afterwards. To serve unlimited guest processes, a value of
|
---|
6950 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> needs to be set, but this
|
---|
6951 | is not recommended.
|
---|
6952 | </para>
|
---|
6953 | </listitem>
|
---|
6954 |
|
---|
6955 | <listitem>
|
---|
6956 | <para>
|
---|
6957 | <computeroutput>start</computeroutput>: Executes a guest
|
---|
6958 | program until it completes.
|
---|
6959 | </para>
|
---|
6960 |
|
---|
6961 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> start [common-options]
|
---|
6962 | [--exe <path to executable>] [--timeout <msec>]
|
---|
6963 | [-E|--putenv <NAME>[=<VALUE>]] [--unquoted-args]
|
---|
6964 | [--ignore-operhaned-processes] [--profile]
|
---|
6965 | -- <program/arg0> [argument1] ... [argumentN]]
|
---|
6966 | </screen>
|
---|
6967 |
|
---|
6968 | <para>
|
---|
6969 | Where the options are as follows:
|
---|
6970 | </para>
|
---|
6971 |
|
---|
6972 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6973 |
|
---|
6974 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6975 | <term>
|
---|
6976 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
6977 | </term>
|
---|
6978 |
|
---|
6979 | <listitem>
|
---|
6980 | <para>
|
---|
6981 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
6982 | </para>
|
---|
6983 | </listitem>
|
---|
6984 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6985 |
|
---|
6986 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6987 | <term>
|
---|
6988 | <computeroutput>--exe <path to
|
---|
6989 | executable></computeroutput>
|
---|
6990 | </term>
|
---|
6991 |
|
---|
6992 | <listitem>
|
---|
6993 | <para>
|
---|
6994 | Specifies the absolute path of the executable on the
|
---|
6995 | guest OS file system. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
6996 | <filename>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</filename>
|
---|
6997 | </para>
|
---|
6998 | </listitem>
|
---|
6999 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7000 |
|
---|
7001 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7002 | <term>
|
---|
7003 | <computeroutput>--timeout <msec></computeroutput>
|
---|
7004 | </term>
|
---|
7005 |
|
---|
7006 | <listitem>
|
---|
7007 | <para>
|
---|
7008 | Specifies the maximum time, in microseconds, that the
|
---|
7009 | executable can run. Optional. If unspecified,
|
---|
7010 | <command>VBoxManage</command> waits indefinitely for the
|
---|
7011 | process to end, or an error occurs.
|
---|
7012 | </para>
|
---|
7013 | </listitem>
|
---|
7014 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7015 |
|
---|
7016 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7017 | <term>
|
---|
7018 | <computeroutput>-E|--putenv
|
---|
7019 | <NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>
|
---|
7020 | </term>
|
---|
7021 |
|
---|
7022 | <listitem>
|
---|
7023 | <para>
|
---|
7024 | Sets, modifies, and unsets environment variables in the
|
---|
7025 | environment in which the program will run. Optional.
|
---|
7026 | </para>
|
---|
7027 |
|
---|
7028 | <para>
|
---|
7029 | The guest process is created with the standard default
|
---|
7030 | guest OS environment. Use this option to modify that
|
---|
7031 | default environment. To set or modify a variable use:
|
---|
7032 | <computeroutput><NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>.
|
---|
7033 | To unset a variable use:
|
---|
7034 | <computeroutput><NAME>=</computeroutput>
|
---|
7035 | </para>
|
---|
7036 |
|
---|
7037 | <para>
|
---|
7038 | Any spaces in names and values should be enclosed by
|
---|
7039 | quotes.
|
---|
7040 | </para>
|
---|
7041 |
|
---|
7042 | <para>
|
---|
7043 | To set, modify, or unset multiple variables, use
|
---|
7044 | multiple instances of the
|
---|
7045 | <computeroutput>--E|--putenv</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
7046 | </para>
|
---|
7047 | </listitem>
|
---|
7048 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7049 |
|
---|
7050 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7051 | <term>
|
---|
7052 | <computeroutput>--unquoted-args</computeroutput>
|
---|
7053 | </term>
|
---|
7054 |
|
---|
7055 | <listitem>
|
---|
7056 | <para>
|
---|
7057 | Disables escaped double quoting, such as \"fred\", on
|
---|
7058 | arguments passed to the executed program. Optional.
|
---|
7059 | </para>
|
---|
7060 | </listitem>
|
---|
7061 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7062 |
|
---|
7063 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7064 | <term>
|
---|
7065 | <computeroutput>--ignore-operhaned-processes</computeroutput>
|
---|
7066 | </term>
|
---|
7067 |
|
---|
7068 | <listitem>
|
---|
7069 | <para>
|
---|
7070 | Ignores orphaned processes. Not yet implemented.
|
---|
7071 | Optional.
|
---|
7072 | </para>
|
---|
7073 | </listitem>
|
---|
7074 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7075 |
|
---|
7076 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7077 | <term>
|
---|
7078 | <computeroutput>--profile</computeroutput>
|
---|
7079 | </term>
|
---|
7080 |
|
---|
7081 | <listitem>
|
---|
7082 | <para>
|
---|
7083 | Use a profile. Not yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
7084 | </para>
|
---|
7085 | </listitem>
|
---|
7086 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7087 |
|
---|
7088 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7089 | <term>
|
---|
7090 | <computeroutput>[-- <program/arg0>
|
---|
7091 | [<argument1>] ...
|
---|
7092 | [<argumentN>]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7093 | </term>
|
---|
7094 |
|
---|
7095 | <listitem>
|
---|
7096 | <para>
|
---|
7097 | Specifies the program name, followed by one or more
|
---|
7098 | arguments to pass to the program. Optional.
|
---|
7099 | </para>
|
---|
7100 |
|
---|
7101 | <para>
|
---|
7102 | Any spaces in arguments should be enclosed by quotes.
|
---|
7103 | </para>
|
---|
7104 | </listitem>
|
---|
7105 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7106 |
|
---|
7107 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7108 |
|
---|
7109 | <note>
|
---|
7110 | <para>
|
---|
7111 | On Windows there are certain limitations for graphical
|
---|
7112 | applications. See <xref linkend="KnownIssues" />.
|
---|
7113 | </para>
|
---|
7114 | </note>
|
---|
7115 |
|
---|
7116 | <para>
|
---|
7117 | Examples of using the <command>guestcontrol start</command>
|
---|
7118 | command are as follows:
|
---|
7119 | </para>
|
---|
7120 |
|
---|
7121 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" start --exe "/bin/ls"
|
---|
7122 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout -- -l /usr</screen>
|
---|
7123 |
|
---|
7124 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" start --exe "c:\\windows\\system32\\ipconfig.exe"
|
---|
7125 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout</screen>
|
---|
7126 |
|
---|
7127 | <para>
|
---|
7128 | Note that the double backslashes in the second example are
|
---|
7129 | only required on UNIX hosts.
|
---|
7130 | </para>
|
---|
7131 |
|
---|
7132 | <note>
|
---|
7133 | <para>
|
---|
7134 | For certain commands a user name of an existing user account
|
---|
7135 | on the guest must be specified. Anonymous executions are not
|
---|
7136 | supported for security reasons. A user account password,
|
---|
7137 | however, is optional and depends on the guest's OS security
|
---|
7138 | policy or rules. If no password is specified for a given
|
---|
7139 | user name, an empty password will be used. On certain OSes
|
---|
7140 | like Windows the security policy may needs to be adjusted in
|
---|
7141 | order to allow user accounts with an empty password set.
|
---|
7142 | Also, global domain rules might apply and therefore cannot
|
---|
7143 | be changed.
|
---|
7144 | </para>
|
---|
7145 | </note>
|
---|
7146 |
|
---|
7147 | <para>
|
---|
7148 | Starting at &product-name; 4.1.2 guest process execution by
|
---|
7149 | default is limited to serve up to five guest processes at a
|
---|
7150 | time. If a new guest process gets started which would exceed
|
---|
7151 | this limit, the oldest not running guest process will be
|
---|
7152 | discarded in order to be able to run that new process. Also,
|
---|
7153 | retrieving output from this old guest process will not be
|
---|
7154 | possible anymore then. If all five guest processes are still
|
---|
7155 | active and running, starting a new guest process will result
|
---|
7156 | in an appropriate error message.
|
---|
7157 | </para>
|
---|
7158 |
|
---|
7159 | <para>
|
---|
7160 | To raise or lower the guest process execution limit, either
|
---|
7161 | use the guest property
|
---|
7162 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
7163 | or <command>VBoxService</command> command line by specifying
|
---|
7164 | <computeroutput>--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
7165 | needs to be modified. A restart of the guest OS is required
|
---|
7166 | afterwards. To serve unlimited guest processes, a value of
|
---|
7167 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> needs to be set, but this
|
---|
7168 | is not recommended.
|
---|
7169 | </para>
|
---|
7170 | </listitem>
|
---|
7171 |
|
---|
7172 | <listitem>
|
---|
7173 | <para>
|
---|
7174 | <computeroutput>copyfrom</computeroutput>: Copies files from
|
---|
7175 | the guest to the host file system. Only available with Guest
|
---|
7176 | Additions 4.0 or later installed.
|
---|
7177 | </para>
|
---|
7178 |
|
---|
7179 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> copyfrom [common-options]
|
---|
7180 | [--follow] [--R|recursive]
|
---|
7181 | --target-directory <host-dst-dir>
|
---|
7182 | <guest-src0> [<guest-src1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7183 |
|
---|
7184 | <para>
|
---|
7185 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7186 | </para>
|
---|
7187 |
|
---|
7188 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7189 |
|
---|
7190 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7191 | <term>
|
---|
7192 | <computeroutput><uid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7193 | </term>
|
---|
7194 |
|
---|
7195 | <listitem>
|
---|
7196 | <para>
|
---|
7197 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7198 | </para>
|
---|
7199 | </listitem>
|
---|
7200 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7201 |
|
---|
7202 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7203 | <term>
|
---|
7204 | <computeroutput>--follow</computeroutput>
|
---|
7205 | </term>
|
---|
7206 |
|
---|
7207 | <listitem>
|
---|
7208 | <para>
|
---|
7209 | Enables symlink following on the guest file system.
|
---|
7210 | Optional.
|
---|
7211 | </para>
|
---|
7212 | </listitem>
|
---|
7213 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7214 |
|
---|
7215 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7216 | <term>
|
---|
7217 | <computeroutput>-R|--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7218 | </term>
|
---|
7219 |
|
---|
7220 | <listitem>
|
---|
7221 | <para>
|
---|
7222 | Enables recursive copying of files and directories from
|
---|
7223 | the specified guest file system directory. Optional.
|
---|
7224 | </para>
|
---|
7225 | </listitem>
|
---|
7226 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7227 |
|
---|
7228 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7229 | <term>
|
---|
7230 | <computeroutput>--target-directory
|
---|
7231 | <host-dst-dir></computeroutput>
|
---|
7232 | </term>
|
---|
7233 |
|
---|
7234 | <listitem>
|
---|
7235 | <para>
|
---|
7236 | Specifies the absolute path of the host file system
|
---|
7237 | destination directory. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7238 | <filename>C:\Temp</filename>.
|
---|
7239 | </para>
|
---|
7240 | </listitem>
|
---|
7241 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7242 |
|
---|
7243 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7244 | <term>
|
---|
7245 | <computeroutput><guest-src0> [<guest-src1>
|
---|
7246 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7247 | </term>
|
---|
7248 |
|
---|
7249 | <listitem>
|
---|
7250 | <para>
|
---|
7251 | Specifies the absolute paths of guest file system files
|
---|
7252 | to be copied. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7253 | <filename>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</filename>.
|
---|
7254 | Wildcards can be used in the expressions. For example:
|
---|
7255 | <filename>C:\Windows\System*\*.dll</filename>.
|
---|
7256 | </para>
|
---|
7257 | </listitem>
|
---|
7258 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7259 |
|
---|
7260 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7261 | </listitem>
|
---|
7262 |
|
---|
7263 | <listitem>
|
---|
7264 | <para>
|
---|
7265 | <computeroutput>copyto</computeroutput>: Copies files from the
|
---|
7266 | host to the guest file system. Only available with Guest
|
---|
7267 | Additions 4.0 or later installed.
|
---|
7268 | </para>
|
---|
7269 |
|
---|
7270 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> copyto [common-options]
|
---|
7271 | [--follow] [--R|recursive]
|
---|
7272 | --target-directory <guest-dst>
|
---|
7273 | <host-src0> [<host-src1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7274 |
|
---|
7275 | <para>
|
---|
7276 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7277 | </para>
|
---|
7278 |
|
---|
7279 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7280 |
|
---|
7281 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7282 | <term>
|
---|
7283 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7284 | </term>
|
---|
7285 |
|
---|
7286 | <listitem>
|
---|
7287 | <para>
|
---|
7288 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7289 | </para>
|
---|
7290 | </listitem>
|
---|
7291 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7292 |
|
---|
7293 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7294 | <term>
|
---|
7295 | <computeroutput>--follow</computeroutput>
|
---|
7296 | </term>
|
---|
7297 |
|
---|
7298 | <listitem>
|
---|
7299 | <para>
|
---|
7300 | Enables symlink following on the host file system.
|
---|
7301 | Optional.
|
---|
7302 | </para>
|
---|
7303 | </listitem>
|
---|
7304 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7305 |
|
---|
7306 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7307 | <term>
|
---|
7308 | <computeroutput>-R|--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7309 | </term>
|
---|
7310 |
|
---|
7311 | <listitem>
|
---|
7312 | <para>
|
---|
7313 | Enables recursive copying of files and directories from
|
---|
7314 | the specified host file system directory. Optional.
|
---|
7315 | </para>
|
---|
7316 | </listitem>
|
---|
7317 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7318 |
|
---|
7319 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7320 | <term>
|
---|
7321 | <computeroutput>--target-directory
|
---|
7322 | <guest-dst></computeroutput>
|
---|
7323 | </term>
|
---|
7324 |
|
---|
7325 | <listitem>
|
---|
7326 | <para>
|
---|
7327 | Specifies the absolute path of the guest file system
|
---|
7328 | destination directory. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7329 | <filename>C:\Temp</filename>.
|
---|
7330 | </para>
|
---|
7331 | </listitem>
|
---|
7332 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7333 |
|
---|
7334 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7335 | <term>
|
---|
7336 | <computeroutput><host-src0> [<host-src1>
|
---|
7337 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7338 | </term>
|
---|
7339 |
|
---|
7340 | <listitem>
|
---|
7341 | <para>
|
---|
7342 | Specifies the absolute paths of host file system files
|
---|
7343 | to be copied. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7344 | <filename>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</filename>.
|
---|
7345 | Wildcards can be used in the expressions. For example:
|
---|
7346 | <filename>C:\Windows\System*\*.dll</filename>.
|
---|
7347 | </para>
|
---|
7348 | </listitem>
|
---|
7349 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7350 |
|
---|
7351 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7352 | </listitem>
|
---|
7353 |
|
---|
7354 | <listitem>
|
---|
7355 | <para>
|
---|
7356 | <computeroutput>md|mkdir|createdir|createdirectory</computeroutput>:
|
---|
7357 | Creates one or more directories on the guest file system. Only
|
---|
7358 | available with Guest Additions 4.0 or later installed.
|
---|
7359 | </para>
|
---|
7360 |
|
---|
7361 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> md|mkdir|createdir|createdirectory [common-options]
|
---|
7362 | [--parents] [--mode <mode>]
|
---|
7363 | <guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7364 |
|
---|
7365 | <para>
|
---|
7366 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7367 | </para>
|
---|
7368 |
|
---|
7369 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7370 |
|
---|
7371 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7372 | <term>
|
---|
7373 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7374 | </term>
|
---|
7375 |
|
---|
7376 | <listitem>
|
---|
7377 | <para>
|
---|
7378 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7379 | </para>
|
---|
7380 | </listitem>
|
---|
7381 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7382 |
|
---|
7383 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7384 | <term>
|
---|
7385 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput>
|
---|
7386 | </term>
|
---|
7387 |
|
---|
7388 | <listitem>
|
---|
7389 | <para>
|
---|
7390 | Creates any absent parent directories of the specified
|
---|
7391 | directory. Optional.
|
---|
7392 | </para>
|
---|
7393 |
|
---|
7394 | <para>
|
---|
7395 | For example: If specified directory is
|
---|
7396 | <filename>D:\Foo\Bar</filename> and
|
---|
7397 | <filename>D:\Foo</filename> is absent, it will be
|
---|
7398 | created. In such a case, had the
|
---|
7399 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> option not
|
---|
7400 | been used, this command would have failed.
|
---|
7401 | </para>
|
---|
7402 | </listitem>
|
---|
7403 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7404 |
|
---|
7405 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7406 | <term>
|
---|
7407 | <computeroutput>--mode <mode></computeroutput>
|
---|
7408 | </term>
|
---|
7409 |
|
---|
7410 | <listitem>
|
---|
7411 | <para>
|
---|
7412 | Specifies the permission mode on the specified
|
---|
7413 | directories, and any parents, if the
|
---|
7414 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> option is
|
---|
7415 | used. Currently octal modes only, such as.
|
---|
7416 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>, are supported.
|
---|
7417 | </para>
|
---|
7418 | </listitem>
|
---|
7419 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7420 |
|
---|
7421 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7422 | <term>
|
---|
7423 | <computeroutput><guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1>
|
---|
7424 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7425 | </term>
|
---|
7426 |
|
---|
7427 | <listitem>
|
---|
7428 | <para>
|
---|
7429 | Specifies a list of absolute paths of directories to be
|
---|
7430 | created on guest file system. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7431 | <filename>D:\Foo\Bar</filename>.
|
---|
7432 | </para>
|
---|
7433 |
|
---|
7434 | <para>
|
---|
7435 | All parent directories must already exist unless the
|
---|
7436 | switch <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> is
|
---|
7437 | used. For example, in the above example
|
---|
7438 | <filename>D:\Foo</filename>. The specified user must
|
---|
7439 | have sufficient rights to create the specified
|
---|
7440 | directories, and any parents that need to be created.
|
---|
7441 | </para>
|
---|
7442 | </listitem>
|
---|
7443 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7444 |
|
---|
7445 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7446 | </listitem>
|
---|
7447 |
|
---|
7448 | <listitem>
|
---|
7449 | <para>
|
---|
7450 | <computeroutput>rmdir|removedir|removedirectory</computeroutput>:
|
---|
7451 | Deletes specified guest file system directories. Only
|
---|
7452 | available with installed Guest Additions 4.3.2 and later.
|
---|
7453 | </para>
|
---|
7454 |
|
---|
7455 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> rmdir|removedir|removedirectory [common-options]
|
---|
7456 | [--recursive|-R]
|
---|
7457 | <guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1> [...]]
|
---|
7458 | </screen>
|
---|
7459 |
|
---|
7460 | <para>
|
---|
7461 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7462 | </para>
|
---|
7463 |
|
---|
7464 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7465 |
|
---|
7466 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7467 | <term>
|
---|
7468 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7469 | </term>
|
---|
7470 |
|
---|
7471 | <listitem>
|
---|
7472 | <para>
|
---|
7473 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7474 | </para>
|
---|
7475 | </listitem>
|
---|
7476 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7477 |
|
---|
7478 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7479 | <term>
|
---|
7480 | <computeroutput>--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7481 | </term>
|
---|
7482 |
|
---|
7483 | <listitem>
|
---|
7484 | <para>
|
---|
7485 | Recursively removes directories and contents. Optional.
|
---|
7486 | </para>
|
---|
7487 | </listitem>
|
---|
7488 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7489 |
|
---|
7490 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7491 | <term>
|
---|
7492 | <computeroutput><guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1>
|
---|
7493 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7494 | </term>
|
---|
7495 |
|
---|
7496 | <listitem>
|
---|
7497 | <para>
|
---|
7498 | Specifies a list of the absolute paths of directories to
|
---|
7499 | be deleted on guest file system. Mandatory. Wildcards
|
---|
7500 | are allowed. For example:
|
---|
7501 | <filename>D:\Foo\*Bar</filename>. The specified user
|
---|
7502 | must have sufficient rights to delete the specified
|
---|
7503 | directories.
|
---|
7504 | </para>
|
---|
7505 | </listitem>
|
---|
7506 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7507 |
|
---|
7508 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7509 | </listitem>
|
---|
7510 |
|
---|
7511 | <listitem>
|
---|
7512 | <para>
|
---|
7513 | <computeroutput>rm|removefile</computeroutput>: Deletes
|
---|
7514 | specified files on the guest file system. Only available with
|
---|
7515 | installed Guest Additions 4.3.2 and later.
|
---|
7516 | </para>
|
---|
7517 |
|
---|
7518 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> rm|removefile [common-options]
|
---|
7519 | [-f|--force]
|
---|
7520 | <guest-file0> [<guest-file1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7521 |
|
---|
7522 | <para>
|
---|
7523 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7524 | </para>
|
---|
7525 |
|
---|
7526 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7527 |
|
---|
7528 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7529 | <term>
|
---|
7530 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7531 | </term>
|
---|
7532 |
|
---|
7533 | <listitem>
|
---|
7534 | <para>
|
---|
7535 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7536 | </para>
|
---|
7537 | </listitem>
|
---|
7538 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7539 |
|
---|
7540 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7541 | <term>
|
---|
7542 | <computeroutput>-f|--force</computeroutput>
|
---|
7543 | </term>
|
---|
7544 |
|
---|
7545 | <listitem>
|
---|
7546 | <para>
|
---|
7547 | Enforce operation and override any requests for
|
---|
7548 | confirmations. Optional.
|
---|
7549 | </para>
|
---|
7550 | </listitem>
|
---|
7551 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7552 |
|
---|
7553 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7554 | <term>
|
---|
7555 | <computeroutput><guest-file0> [<guest-file1>
|
---|
7556 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7557 | </term>
|
---|
7558 |
|
---|
7559 | <listitem>
|
---|
7560 | <para>
|
---|
7561 | Specifies a list of absolute paths of files to be
|
---|
7562 | deleted on guest file system. Mandatory. Wildcards are
|
---|
7563 | allowed. For example:
|
---|
7564 | <filename>D:\Foo\Bar\text*.txt</filename>. The specified
|
---|
7565 | user should have sufficient rights to delete the
|
---|
7566 | specified files.
|
---|
7567 | </para>
|
---|
7568 | </listitem>
|
---|
7569 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7570 |
|
---|
7571 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7572 | </listitem>
|
---|
7573 |
|
---|
7574 | <listitem>
|
---|
7575 | <para>
|
---|
7576 | <computeroutput>mv|move|ren|rename</computeroutput>: Renames
|
---|
7577 | files and/or directories on the guest file system. Only
|
---|
7578 | available with installed Guest Additions 4.3.2 and later.
|
---|
7579 | </para>
|
---|
7580 |
|
---|
7581 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> mv|move|ren|rename [common-options]
|
---|
7582 | <guest-source0> [<guest-source1> [...]] <guest-dest></screen>
|
---|
7583 |
|
---|
7584 | <para>
|
---|
7585 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7586 | </para>
|
---|
7587 |
|
---|
7588 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7589 |
|
---|
7590 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7591 | <term>
|
---|
7592 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7593 | </term>
|
---|
7594 |
|
---|
7595 | <listitem>
|
---|
7596 | <para>
|
---|
7597 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7598 | </para>
|
---|
7599 | </listitem>
|
---|
7600 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7601 |
|
---|
7602 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7603 | <term>
|
---|
7604 | <computeroutput><guest-source0>
|
---|
7605 | [<guest-source1> [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7606 | </term>
|
---|
7607 |
|
---|
7608 | <listitem>
|
---|
7609 | <para>
|
---|
7610 | Specifies absolute paths of files or a single directory
|
---|
7611 | to be moved and renamed on guest file system. Mandatory.
|
---|
7612 | Wildcards are allowed in file names. The specified user
|
---|
7613 | should have sufficient rights to access the specified
|
---|
7614 | files.
|
---|
7615 | </para>
|
---|
7616 | </listitem>
|
---|
7617 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7618 |
|
---|
7619 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7620 | <term>
|
---|
7621 | <computeroutput><dest></computeroutput>
|
---|
7622 | </term>
|
---|
7623 |
|
---|
7624 | <listitem>
|
---|
7625 | <para>
|
---|
7626 | Specifies the absolute path of the destination file or
|
---|
7627 | directory to which the files are to be moved. Mandatory.
|
---|
7628 | If only one file to be moved, <dest> can be file
|
---|
7629 | or directory, else it must be a directory. The specified
|
---|
7630 | user must have sufficient rights to access the
|
---|
7631 | destination file or directory.
|
---|
7632 | </para>
|
---|
7633 | </listitem>
|
---|
7634 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7635 |
|
---|
7636 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7637 | </listitem>
|
---|
7638 |
|
---|
7639 | <listitem>
|
---|
7640 | <para>
|
---|
7641 | <computeroutput>mktemp|createtemp|createtemporary</computeroutput>:
|
---|
7642 | Creates a temporary file or directory on the guest file
|
---|
7643 | system, to assist subsequent copying of files from the host to
|
---|
7644 | the guest file systems. By default, the file or directory is
|
---|
7645 | created in the guest's platform specific temp directory. Not
|
---|
7646 | currently supported. Only available with installed Guest
|
---|
7647 | Additions 4.2 and later.
|
---|
7648 | </para>
|
---|
7649 |
|
---|
7650 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> mktemp|createtemp|createtemporary [common-options]
|
---|
7651 | [--directory] [--secure] [--mode <mode>] [--tmpdir <directory>]
|
---|
7652 | <template>
|
---|
7653 | </screen>
|
---|
7654 |
|
---|
7655 | <para>
|
---|
7656 | The parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7657 | </para>
|
---|
7658 |
|
---|
7659 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7660 |
|
---|
7661 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7662 | <term>
|
---|
7663 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7664 | </term>
|
---|
7665 |
|
---|
7666 | <listitem>
|
---|
7667 | <para>
|
---|
7668 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7669 | </para>
|
---|
7670 | </listitem>
|
---|
7671 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7672 |
|
---|
7673 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7674 | <term>
|
---|
7675 | <computeroutput>--directory</computeroutput>
|
---|
7676 | </term>
|
---|
7677 |
|
---|
7678 | <listitem>
|
---|
7679 | <para>
|
---|
7680 | Creates a temporary directory instead of a file,
|
---|
7681 | specified by the <template> parameter. Optional.
|
---|
7682 | </para>
|
---|
7683 | </listitem>
|
---|
7684 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7685 |
|
---|
7686 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7687 | <term>
|
---|
7688 | <computeroutput>--secure</computeroutput>
|
---|
7689 | </term>
|
---|
7690 |
|
---|
7691 | <listitem>
|
---|
7692 | <para>
|
---|
7693 | Enforces secure file and directory creation. Optional.
|
---|
7694 | The permission mode is set to
|
---|
7695 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>. Operation fails
|
---|
7696 | if it cannot be performed securely.
|
---|
7697 | </para>
|
---|
7698 | </listitem>
|
---|
7699 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7700 |
|
---|
7701 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7702 | <term>
|
---|
7703 | <computeroutput>--mode <mode></computeroutput>
|
---|
7704 | </term>
|
---|
7705 |
|
---|
7706 | <listitem>
|
---|
7707 | <para>
|
---|
7708 | Specifies the permission mode of the specified
|
---|
7709 | directory. Optional. Currently only octal modes, such as
|
---|
7710 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>, are supported.
|
---|
7711 | </para>
|
---|
7712 | </listitem>
|
---|
7713 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7714 |
|
---|
7715 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7716 | <term>
|
---|
7717 | <computeroutput>--tmpdir
|
---|
7718 | <directory></computeroutput>
|
---|
7719 | </term>
|
---|
7720 |
|
---|
7721 | <listitem>
|
---|
7722 | <para>
|
---|
7723 | Specifies the absolute path of the directory on the
|
---|
7724 | guest file system where the file or directory specified
|
---|
7725 | will be created. Optional. If unspecified, the
|
---|
7726 | platform-specific temp directory is used.
|
---|
7727 | </para>
|
---|
7728 | </listitem>
|
---|
7729 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7730 |
|
---|
7731 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7732 | <term>
|
---|
7733 | <computeroutput><template></computeroutput>
|
---|
7734 | </term>
|
---|
7735 |
|
---|
7736 | <listitem>
|
---|
7737 | <para>
|
---|
7738 | Specifies a file name without a directory path,
|
---|
7739 | containing at least one sequence of three consecutive X
|
---|
7740 | characters, or ending in X. Mandatory.
|
---|
7741 | </para>
|
---|
7742 | </listitem>
|
---|
7743 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7744 |
|
---|
7745 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7746 | </listitem>
|
---|
7747 |
|
---|
7748 | <listitem>
|
---|
7749 | <para>
|
---|
7750 | <computeroutput>stat</computeroutput>: Displays file or file
|
---|
7751 | system statuses on the guest.
|
---|
7752 | </para>
|
---|
7753 |
|
---|
7754 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> stat [common-options]
|
---|
7755 | <file0> [<file1> [...]]</screen>
|
---|
7756 |
|
---|
7757 | <para>
|
---|
7758 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7759 | </para>
|
---|
7760 |
|
---|
7761 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7762 |
|
---|
7763 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7764 | <term>
|
---|
7765 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7766 | </term>
|
---|
7767 |
|
---|
7768 | <listitem>
|
---|
7769 | <para>
|
---|
7770 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7771 | </para>
|
---|
7772 | </listitem>
|
---|
7773 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7774 |
|
---|
7775 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7776 | <term>
|
---|
7777 | <computeroutput><file0> [<file1>
|
---|
7778 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7779 | </term>
|
---|
7780 |
|
---|
7781 | <listitem>
|
---|
7782 | <para>
|
---|
7783 | Specifies absolute paths of files or file systems on the
|
---|
7784 | guest file system. Mandatory. For example:
|
---|
7785 | <filename>/home/foo/a.out</filename>. The specified user
|
---|
7786 | should have sufficient rights to access the specified
|
---|
7787 | files or file systems.
|
---|
7788 | </para>
|
---|
7789 | </listitem>
|
---|
7790 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7791 |
|
---|
7792 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7793 | </listitem>
|
---|
7794 |
|
---|
7795 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
7796 |
|
---|
7797 | <para>
|
---|
7798 | The second set of subcommands is of the form:
|
---|
7799 | </para>
|
---|
7800 |
|
---|
7801 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> <sub-command>
|
---|
7802 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet] ...
|
---|
7803 | </screen>
|
---|
7804 |
|
---|
7805 | <para>
|
---|
7806 | The common options are as follows:
|
---|
7807 | </para>
|
---|
7808 |
|
---|
7809 | <screen>
|
---|
7810 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|--quiet]
|
---|
7811 | </screen>
|
---|
7812 |
|
---|
7813 | <para>
|
---|
7814 | Details of the common options for the second set of subcommands
|
---|
7815 | are as follows:
|
---|
7816 | </para>
|
---|
7817 |
|
---|
7818 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7819 |
|
---|
7820 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7821 | <term>
|
---|
7822 | <computeroutput>-v|--verbose</computeroutput>
|
---|
7823 | </term>
|
---|
7824 |
|
---|
7825 | <listitem>
|
---|
7826 | <para>
|
---|
7827 | Makes the subcommand execution more verbose. Optional.
|
---|
7828 | </para>
|
---|
7829 | </listitem>
|
---|
7830 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7831 |
|
---|
7832 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7833 | <term>
|
---|
7834 | <computeroutput>-q|--quiet</computeroutput>
|
---|
7835 | </term>
|
---|
7836 |
|
---|
7837 | <listitem>
|
---|
7838 | <para>
|
---|
7839 | Makes the subcommand execution quieter. Optional.
|
---|
7840 | </para>
|
---|
7841 | </listitem>
|
---|
7842 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7843 |
|
---|
7844 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7845 |
|
---|
7846 | <para>
|
---|
7847 | The second set of subcommands are as follows:
|
---|
7848 | </para>
|
---|
7849 |
|
---|
7850 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
7851 |
|
---|
7852 | <listitem>
|
---|
7853 | <para>
|
---|
7854 | <computeroutput>list</computeroutput>: Lists guest control
|
---|
7855 | configuration and status data. For example: open guest
|
---|
7856 | sessions, guest processes, and files.
|
---|
7857 | </para>
|
---|
7858 |
|
---|
7859 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> list [common-opts]
|
---|
7860 | <all|sessions|processes|files> </screen>
|
---|
7861 |
|
---|
7862 | <para>
|
---|
7863 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7864 | </para>
|
---|
7865 |
|
---|
7866 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7867 |
|
---|
7868 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7869 | <term>
|
---|
7870 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7871 | </term>
|
---|
7872 |
|
---|
7873 | <listitem>
|
---|
7874 | <para>
|
---|
7875 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7876 | </para>
|
---|
7877 | </listitem>
|
---|
7878 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7879 |
|
---|
7880 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7881 | <term>
|
---|
7882 | <computeroutput>all|sessions|processes|files</computeroutput>
|
---|
7883 | </term>
|
---|
7884 |
|
---|
7885 | <listitem>
|
---|
7886 | <para>
|
---|
7887 | Indicates whether to list all available data or guest
|
---|
7888 | sessions, processes or files. Mandatory.
|
---|
7889 | </para>
|
---|
7890 | </listitem>
|
---|
7891 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7892 |
|
---|
7893 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7894 | </listitem>
|
---|
7895 |
|
---|
7896 | <listitem>
|
---|
7897 | <para>
|
---|
7898 | <computeroutput>closeprocess</computeroutput>: Terminates
|
---|
7899 | guest processes specified by PIDs running in a guest session,
|
---|
7900 | specified by the session ID or name.
|
---|
7901 | </para>
|
---|
7902 |
|
---|
7903 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> closeprocess [common-options]
|
---|
7904 | --session-id <ID> | --session-name <name or pattern>
|
---|
7905 | <PID0> [<PID1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7906 |
|
---|
7907 | <para>
|
---|
7908 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7909 | </para>
|
---|
7910 |
|
---|
7911 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7912 |
|
---|
7913 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7914 | <term>
|
---|
7915 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7916 | </term>
|
---|
7917 |
|
---|
7918 | <listitem>
|
---|
7919 | <para>
|
---|
7920 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7921 | </para>
|
---|
7922 | </listitem>
|
---|
7923 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7924 |
|
---|
7925 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7926 | <term>
|
---|
7927 | <computeroutput>--session-id <ID></computeroutput>
|
---|
7928 | </term>
|
---|
7929 |
|
---|
7930 | <listitem>
|
---|
7931 | <para>
|
---|
7932 | Specifies the guest session by its ID. Optional.
|
---|
7933 | </para>
|
---|
7934 | </listitem>
|
---|
7935 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7936 |
|
---|
7937 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7938 | <term>
|
---|
7939 | <computeroutput>--session-name <name or
|
---|
7940 | pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
7941 | </term>
|
---|
7942 |
|
---|
7943 | <listitem>
|
---|
7944 | <para>
|
---|
7945 | Specifies the guest session by its name, or multiple
|
---|
7946 | sessions using a pattern containing wildcards. Optional.
|
---|
7947 | </para>
|
---|
7948 | </listitem>
|
---|
7949 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7950 |
|
---|
7951 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7952 | <term>
|
---|
7953 | <computeroutput><PID0> [<PID1>
|
---|
7954 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7955 | </term>
|
---|
7956 |
|
---|
7957 | <listitem>
|
---|
7958 | <para>
|
---|
7959 | Specifies a list of process identifiers (PIDs) of guest
|
---|
7960 | processes to be terminated. Mandatory.
|
---|
7961 | </para>
|
---|
7962 | </listitem>
|
---|
7963 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7964 |
|
---|
7965 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7966 | </listitem>
|
---|
7967 |
|
---|
7968 | <listitem>
|
---|
7969 | <para>
|
---|
7970 | <computeroutput>closesession</computeroutput>: Closes
|
---|
7971 | specified guest sessions, specified either by session ID or
|
---|
7972 | name.
|
---|
7973 | </para>
|
---|
7974 |
|
---|
7975 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> closesession [common-options]
|
---|
7976 | --session-id <ID> | --session-name <name or pattern> | --all </screen>
|
---|
7977 |
|
---|
7978 | <para>
|
---|
7979 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
7980 | </para>
|
---|
7981 |
|
---|
7982 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7983 |
|
---|
7984 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7985 | <term>
|
---|
7986 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7987 | </term>
|
---|
7988 |
|
---|
7989 | <listitem>
|
---|
7990 | <para>
|
---|
7991 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7992 | </para>
|
---|
7993 | </listitem>
|
---|
7994 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7995 |
|
---|
7996 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7997 | <term>
|
---|
7998 | <computeroutput>--session-id <ID></computeroutput>
|
---|
7999 | </term>
|
---|
8000 |
|
---|
8001 | <listitem>
|
---|
8002 | <para>
|
---|
8003 | Specifies the guest session to be closed by ID.
|
---|
8004 | Optional.
|
---|
8005 | </para>
|
---|
8006 | </listitem>
|
---|
8007 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8008 |
|
---|
8009 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8010 | <term>
|
---|
8011 | <computeroutput>--session-name <name or
|
---|
8012 | pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
8013 | </term>
|
---|
8014 |
|
---|
8015 | <listitem>
|
---|
8016 | <para>
|
---|
8017 | Specifies the guest session to be closed by name.
|
---|
8018 | Optional. Multiple sessions can be specified by using a
|
---|
8019 | pattern containing wildcards.
|
---|
8020 | </para>
|
---|
8021 | </listitem>
|
---|
8022 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8023 |
|
---|
8024 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8025 | <term>
|
---|
8026 | <computeroutput>--all</computeroutput>
|
---|
8027 | </term>
|
---|
8028 |
|
---|
8029 | <listitem>
|
---|
8030 | <para>
|
---|
8031 | Close all guest sessions. Optional.
|
---|
8032 | </para>
|
---|
8033 | </listitem>
|
---|
8034 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8035 |
|
---|
8036 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8037 | </listitem>
|
---|
8038 |
|
---|
8039 | <listitem>
|
---|
8040 | <para>
|
---|
8041 | <computeroutput>updatega|updateadditions|updateguestadditions</computeroutput>:
|
---|
8042 | Ugrades Guest Additions already installed on the guest. Only
|
---|
8043 | available for already installed Guest Additions 4.0 and later.
|
---|
8044 | </para>
|
---|
8045 |
|
---|
8046 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> updatega|updateadditions|updateguestadditions
|
---|
8047 | [common-options]
|
---|
8048 | [--source <New .ISO path>]
|
---|
8049 | [--wait-start]
|
---|
8050 | [-- <argument0> [<argument1> [...]]]</screen>
|
---|
8051 |
|
---|
8052 | <para>
|
---|
8053 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8054 | </para>
|
---|
8055 |
|
---|
8056 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8057 |
|
---|
8058 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8059 | <term>
|
---|
8060 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
8061 | </term>
|
---|
8062 |
|
---|
8063 | <listitem>
|
---|
8064 | <para>
|
---|
8065 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
8066 | </para>
|
---|
8067 | </listitem>
|
---|
8068 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8069 |
|
---|
8070 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8071 | <term>
|
---|
8072 | <computeroutput>--source</computeroutput> <New .ISO
|
---|
8073 | path>
|
---|
8074 | </term>
|
---|
8075 |
|
---|
8076 | <listitem>
|
---|
8077 | <para>
|
---|
8078 | Specifies the absolute path on the guest file system of
|
---|
8079 | the .ISO file for the Guest Additions update. Mandatory.
|
---|
8080 | </para>
|
---|
8081 | </listitem>
|
---|
8082 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8083 |
|
---|
8084 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8085 | <term>
|
---|
8086 | <computeroutput>--wait-start</computeroutput>
|
---|
8087 | </term>
|
---|
8088 |
|
---|
8089 | <listitem>
|
---|
8090 | <para>
|
---|
8091 | Indicates that <command>VBoxManage</command> starts the
|
---|
8092 | usual updating process on the guest and then waits until
|
---|
8093 | the actual Guest Additions updating begins, at which
|
---|
8094 | point <command>VBoxManage</command> self-terminates.
|
---|
8095 | Optional.
|
---|
8096 | </para>
|
---|
8097 |
|
---|
8098 | <para>
|
---|
8099 | Default behavior is that <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
8100 | waits for completion of the Guest Additions update
|
---|
8101 | before terminating. Use of this option is sometimes
|
---|
8102 | necessary, as a running <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
8103 | can affect the interaction between the installer and the
|
---|
8104 | guest OS.
|
---|
8105 | </para>
|
---|
8106 | </listitem>
|
---|
8107 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8108 |
|
---|
8109 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8110 | <term>
|
---|
8111 | <computeroutput>[-- <argument0> [<argument1>
|
---|
8112 | [...]]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
8113 | </term>
|
---|
8114 |
|
---|
8115 | <listitem>
|
---|
8116 | <para>
|
---|
8117 | Specifies optional command line arguments to be supplied
|
---|
8118 | to the Guest Additions updater. Useful for retrofitting
|
---|
8119 | features which are not currently installed.
|
---|
8120 | </para>
|
---|
8121 |
|
---|
8122 | <para>
|
---|
8123 | Arguments containing spaces should be enclosed by
|
---|
8124 | quotes.
|
---|
8125 | </para>
|
---|
8126 | </listitem>
|
---|
8127 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8128 |
|
---|
8129 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8130 | </listitem>
|
---|
8131 |
|
---|
8132 | <listitem>
|
---|
8133 | <para>
|
---|
8134 | <computeroutput>watch</computeroutput>: Prints current guest
|
---|
8135 | control activity.
|
---|
8136 | </para>
|
---|
8137 |
|
---|
8138 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> watch [common-options]
|
---|
8139 | </screen>
|
---|
8140 |
|
---|
8141 | <para>
|
---|
8142 | Where the parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8143 | </para>
|
---|
8144 |
|
---|
8145 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8146 |
|
---|
8147 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8148 | <term>
|
---|
8149 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
8150 | </term>
|
---|
8151 |
|
---|
8152 | <listitem>
|
---|
8153 | <para>
|
---|
8154 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
8155 | </para>
|
---|
8156 | </listitem>
|
---|
8157 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8158 |
|
---|
8159 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8160 | </listitem>
|
---|
8161 |
|
---|
8162 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8163 |
|
---|
8164 | </sect1>
|
---|
8165 |
|
---|
8166 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-metrics">
|
---|
8167 |
|
---|
8168 | <title>VBoxManage metrics</title>
|
---|
8169 |
|
---|
8170 | <para>
|
---|
8171 | This command supports monitoring the usage of system resources.
|
---|
8172 | Resources are represented by various metrics associated with the
|
---|
8173 | host system or a particular VM. For example, the host system has a
|
---|
8174 | <computeroutput>CPU/Load/User</computeroutput> metric that shows
|
---|
8175 | the percentage of time CPUs spend executing in user mode over a
|
---|
8176 | specific sampling period.
|
---|
8177 | </para>
|
---|
8178 |
|
---|
8179 | <para>
|
---|
8180 | Metric data is collected and retained internally. It may be
|
---|
8181 | retrieved at any time with the <command>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8182 | query</command> subcommand. The data is available as long as the
|
---|
8183 | background <computeroutput>VBoxSVC</computeroutput> process is
|
---|
8184 | alive. That process terminates shortly after all VMs and frontends
|
---|
8185 | have been closed.
|
---|
8186 | </para>
|
---|
8187 |
|
---|
8188 | <para>
|
---|
8189 | By default no metrics are collected at all. Metrics collection
|
---|
8190 | does not start until <command>VBoxManage metrics setup</command>
|
---|
8191 | is invoked with a proper sampling interval and the number of
|
---|
8192 | metrics to be retained. The interval is measured in seconds. For
|
---|
8193 | example, to enable collecting the host processor and memory usage
|
---|
8194 | metrics every second and keeping the five most current samples,
|
---|
8195 | the following command can be used:
|
---|
8196 | </para>
|
---|
8197 |
|
---|
8198 | <screen>VBoxManage metrics setup --period 1 --samples 5 host CPU/Load,RAM/Usage</screen>
|
---|
8199 |
|
---|
8200 | <para>
|
---|
8201 | Metric collection can only be enabled for started VMs. Collected
|
---|
8202 | data and collection settings for a particular VM will disappear as
|
---|
8203 | soon as it shuts down. Use the <command>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8204 | list</command> subcommand to see which metrics are currently
|
---|
8205 | available. You can also use the <option>--list</option> option
|
---|
8206 | with any subcommand that modifies metric settings to find out
|
---|
8207 | which metrics were affected.
|
---|
8208 | </para>
|
---|
8209 |
|
---|
8210 | <para>
|
---|
8211 | Note that the <command>VBoxManage metrics setup</command>
|
---|
8212 | subcommand discards all samples that may have been previously
|
---|
8213 | collected for the specified set of objects and metrics.
|
---|
8214 | </para>
|
---|
8215 |
|
---|
8216 | <para>
|
---|
8217 | To enable or disable metrics collection without discarding the
|
---|
8218 | data, <command>VBoxManage metrics enable</command> and
|
---|
8219 | <command>VBoxManage metrics disable</command> subcommands can be
|
---|
8220 | used. Note that these subcommands expect metrics as parameters,
|
---|
8221 | not submetrics such as <computeroutput>CPU/Load</computeroutput>
|
---|
8222 | or <computeroutput>RAM/Usage</computeroutput>. In other words
|
---|
8223 | enabling <computeroutput>CPU/Load/User</computeroutput> while
|
---|
8224 | disabling <computeroutput>CPU/Load/Kernel</computeroutput> is not
|
---|
8225 | supported.
|
---|
8226 | </para>
|
---|
8227 |
|
---|
8228 | <para>
|
---|
8229 | The host and VMs have different sets of associated metrics.
|
---|
8230 | Available metrics can be listed with <command>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8231 | list</command> subcommand.
|
---|
8232 | </para>
|
---|
8233 |
|
---|
8234 | <para>
|
---|
8235 | A complete metric name may include an aggregate function. The name
|
---|
8236 | has the following form:
|
---|
8237 | <computeroutput>Category/Metric[/SubMetric][:aggregate]</computeroutput>.
|
---|
8238 | For example, <computeroutput>RAM/Usage/Free:min</computeroutput>
|
---|
8239 | stands for the minimum amount of available memory over all
|
---|
8240 | retained data if applied to the host object.
|
---|
8241 | </para>
|
---|
8242 |
|
---|
8243 | <para>
|
---|
8244 | Subcommands may apply to all objects and metrics or can be limited
|
---|
8245 | to one object and a list of metrics. If no objects or metrics are
|
---|
8246 | given in the parameters, the subcommands will apply to all
|
---|
8247 | available metrics of all objects. You may use an asterisk
|
---|
8248 | "<computeroutput>*</computeroutput>" to explicitly specify that
|
---|
8249 | the command should be applied to all objects or metrics. Use
|
---|
8250 | <computeroutput>host</computeroutput> as the object name to limit
|
---|
8251 | the scope of the command to host-related metrics. To limit the
|
---|
8252 | scope to a subset of metrics, use a metric list with names
|
---|
8253 | separated by commas.
|
---|
8254 | </para>
|
---|
8255 |
|
---|
8256 | <para>
|
---|
8257 | For example, to query metric data on the CPU time spent in user
|
---|
8258 | and kernel modes by the virtual machine named
|
---|
8259 | <computeroutput>test</computeroutput>, use the following command:
|
---|
8260 | </para>
|
---|
8261 |
|
---|
8262 | <screen>VBoxManage metrics query test CPU/Load/User,CPU/Load/Kernel</screen>
|
---|
8263 |
|
---|
8264 | <para>
|
---|
8265 | The following list summarizes the available subcommands:
|
---|
8266 | </para>
|
---|
8267 |
|
---|
8268 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8269 |
|
---|
8270 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8271 | <term>
|
---|
8272 | <computeroutput>list</computeroutput>
|
---|
8273 | </term>
|
---|
8274 |
|
---|
8275 | <listitem>
|
---|
8276 | <para>
|
---|
8277 | Shows the parameters of the currently existing metrics. Note
|
---|
8278 | that VM-specific metrics are only available when a
|
---|
8279 | particular VM is running.
|
---|
8280 | </para>
|
---|
8281 | </listitem>
|
---|
8282 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8283 |
|
---|
8284 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8285 | <term>
|
---|
8286 | <computeroutput>setup</computeroutput>
|
---|
8287 | </term>
|
---|
8288 |
|
---|
8289 | <listitem>
|
---|
8290 | <para>
|
---|
8291 | Sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data
|
---|
8292 | and the number of samples retained internally. The retained
|
---|
8293 | data is available for displaying with the
|
---|
8294 | <command>query</command> subcommand. The
|
---|
8295 | <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> option shows which
|
---|
8296 | metrics have been modified as the result of the command
|
---|
8297 | execution.
|
---|
8298 | </para>
|
---|
8299 | </listitem>
|
---|
8300 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8301 |
|
---|
8302 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8303 | <term>
|
---|
8304 | <computeroutput>enable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8305 | </term>
|
---|
8306 |
|
---|
8307 | <listitem>
|
---|
8308 | <para>
|
---|
8309 | Resumes data collection after it has been stopped with the
|
---|
8310 | <command>disable</command> subcommand. Note that specifying
|
---|
8311 | submetrics as parameters will not enable underlying metrics.
|
---|
8312 | Use <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> to find out if
|
---|
8313 | the command worked as expected.
|
---|
8314 | </para>
|
---|
8315 | </listitem>
|
---|
8316 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8317 |
|
---|
8318 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8319 | <term>
|
---|
8320 | <computeroutput>disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8321 | </term>
|
---|
8322 |
|
---|
8323 | <listitem>
|
---|
8324 | <para>
|
---|
8325 | Suspends data collection without affecting collection
|
---|
8326 | parameters or collected data. Note that specifying
|
---|
8327 | submetrics as parameters will not disable underlying
|
---|
8328 | metrics. Use <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> to find
|
---|
8329 | out if the command worked as expected.
|
---|
8330 | </para>
|
---|
8331 | </listitem>
|
---|
8332 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8333 |
|
---|
8334 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8335 | <term>
|
---|
8336 | <computeroutput>query</computeroutput>
|
---|
8337 | </term>
|
---|
8338 |
|
---|
8339 | <listitem>
|
---|
8340 | <para>
|
---|
8341 | Retrieves and displays the currently retained metric data.
|
---|
8342 | </para>
|
---|
8343 |
|
---|
8344 | <note>
|
---|
8345 | <para>
|
---|
8346 | The <command>query</command> subcommand does not remove or
|
---|
8347 | flush retained data. If you query often enough you will
|
---|
8348 | see how old samples are gradually being phased out by new
|
---|
8349 | samples.
|
---|
8350 | </para>
|
---|
8351 | </note>
|
---|
8352 | </listitem>
|
---|
8353 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8354 |
|
---|
8355 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8356 | <term>
|
---|
8357 | <computeroutput>collect</computeroutput>
|
---|
8358 | </term>
|
---|
8359 |
|
---|
8360 | <listitem>
|
---|
8361 | <para>
|
---|
8362 | Sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data
|
---|
8363 | and the number of samples retained internally. The collected
|
---|
8364 | data is displayed periodically until Ctrl+C is pressed,
|
---|
8365 | unless the <computeroutput>--detach</computeroutput> option
|
---|
8366 | is specified. With the
|
---|
8367 | <computeroutput>--detach</computeroutput> option, this
|
---|
8368 | subcommand operates the same way as
|
---|
8369 | <computeroutput>setup</computeroutput> does. The
|
---|
8370 | <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> option shows which
|
---|
8371 | metrics match the specified filter.
|
---|
8372 | </para>
|
---|
8373 | </listitem>
|
---|
8374 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8375 |
|
---|
8376 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8377 |
|
---|
8378 | </sect1>
|
---|
8379 |
|
---|
8380 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-natnetwork">
|
---|
8381 |
|
---|
8382 | <title>VBoxManage natnetwork</title>
|
---|
8383 |
|
---|
8384 | <para>
|
---|
8385 | NAT networks use the Network Address Translation (NAT) service,
|
---|
8386 | which works in a similar way to a home router. It groups systems
|
---|
8387 | using it into a network and prevents outside systems from directly
|
---|
8388 | accessing those inside, while letting systems inside communicate
|
---|
8389 | with each other and outside systems using TCP and UDP over IPv4
|
---|
8390 | and IPv6.
|
---|
8391 | </para>
|
---|
8392 |
|
---|
8393 | <para>
|
---|
8394 | A NAT service is attached to an internal network. Virtual machines
|
---|
8395 | to make use of one should be attached to it. The name of an
|
---|
8396 | internal network is chosen when the NAT service is created, and
|
---|
8397 | the internal network will be created if it does not already exist.
|
---|
8398 | The following is an example command to create a NAT network:
|
---|
8399 | </para>
|
---|
8400 |
|
---|
8401 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork add --netname natnet1 --network "192.168.15.0/24" --enable</screen>
|
---|
8402 |
|
---|
8403 | <para>
|
---|
8404 | Here, <computeroutput>natnet1</computeroutput> is the name of the
|
---|
8405 | internal network to be used and
|
---|
8406 | <computeroutput>192.168.15.0/24</computeroutput> is the network
|
---|
8407 | address and mask of the NAT service interface. By default, in this
|
---|
8408 | static configuration the gateway will be assigned the address
|
---|
8409 | 192.168.15.1, the address after the interface address, though this
|
---|
8410 | is subject to change.
|
---|
8411 | </para>
|
---|
8412 |
|
---|
8413 | <para>
|
---|
8414 | To add a DHCP server to the NAT network after creation, run the
|
---|
8415 | following command:
|
---|
8416 | </para>
|
---|
8417 |
|
---|
8418 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork modify --netname natnet1 --dhcp on</screen>
|
---|
8419 |
|
---|
8420 | <para>
|
---|
8421 | The subcommands for <command>VBoxManage natnetwork</command> are
|
---|
8422 | as follows:
|
---|
8423 | </para>
|
---|
8424 |
|
---|
8425 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork add --netname <name>
|
---|
8426 | [--network <network>]
|
---|
8427 | [--enable|--disable]
|
---|
8428 | [--dhcp on|off]
|
---|
8429 | [--port-forward-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8430 | [--loopback-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8431 | [--ipv6 on|off]
|
---|
8432 | [--port-forward-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8433 | [--loopback-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8434 | </screen>
|
---|
8435 |
|
---|
8436 | <para>
|
---|
8437 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork add</command>: Creates a new
|
---|
8438 | internal network interface, and adds a NAT network service. This
|
---|
8439 | command is a prerequisite for enabling attachment of VMs to the
|
---|
8440 | NAT network. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8441 | </para>
|
---|
8442 |
|
---|
8443 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8444 |
|
---|
8445 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8446 | <term>
|
---|
8447 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8448 | </term>
|
---|
8449 |
|
---|
8450 | <listitem>
|
---|
8451 | <para>
|
---|
8452 | Where <name> is the name of the new internal network
|
---|
8453 | interface on the host OS.
|
---|
8454 | </para>
|
---|
8455 | </listitem>
|
---|
8456 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8457 |
|
---|
8458 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8459 | <term>
|
---|
8460 | <computeroutput>--network <network></computeroutput>
|
---|
8461 | </term>
|
---|
8462 |
|
---|
8463 | <listitem>
|
---|
8464 | <para>
|
---|
8465 | Where <network> specifies the static or DHCP network
|
---|
8466 | address and mask of the NAT service interface. The default
|
---|
8467 | is a static network address.
|
---|
8468 | </para>
|
---|
8469 | </listitem>
|
---|
8470 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8471 |
|
---|
8472 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8473 | <term>
|
---|
8474 | <computeroutput>--enable|--disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8475 | </term>
|
---|
8476 |
|
---|
8477 | <listitem>
|
---|
8478 | <para>
|
---|
8479 | Enables and disables the NAT network service.
|
---|
8480 | </para>
|
---|
8481 | </listitem>
|
---|
8482 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8483 |
|
---|
8484 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8485 | <term>
|
---|
8486 | <computeroutput>--dhcp on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8487 | </term>
|
---|
8488 |
|
---|
8489 | <listitem>
|
---|
8490 | <para>
|
---|
8491 | Enables and disables a DHCP server specified by
|
---|
8492 | <computeroutput>--netname</computeroutput>. Use of this
|
---|
8493 | option also indicates that it is a DHCP server.
|
---|
8494 | </para>
|
---|
8495 | </listitem>
|
---|
8496 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8497 |
|
---|
8498 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8499 | <term>
|
---|
8500 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8501 | </term>
|
---|
8502 |
|
---|
8503 | <listitem>
|
---|
8504 | <para>
|
---|
8505 | Enables IPv4 port forwarding, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8506 | <rule>.
|
---|
8507 | </para>
|
---|
8508 | </listitem>
|
---|
8509 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8510 |
|
---|
8511 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8512 | <term>
|
---|
8513 | <computeroutput>--loopback-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8514 | </term>
|
---|
8515 |
|
---|
8516 | <listitem>
|
---|
8517 | <para>
|
---|
8518 | Enables the IPv4 loopback interface, with a rule specified
|
---|
8519 | by <rule>.
|
---|
8520 | </para>
|
---|
8521 | </listitem>
|
---|
8522 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8523 |
|
---|
8524 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8525 | <term>
|
---|
8526 | <computeroutput>--ipv6 on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8527 | </term>
|
---|
8528 |
|
---|
8529 | <listitem>
|
---|
8530 | <para>
|
---|
8531 | Enables and disables IPv6. The default setting is IPv4,
|
---|
8532 | disabling IPv6 enables IPv4.
|
---|
8533 | </para>
|
---|
8534 | </listitem>
|
---|
8535 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8536 |
|
---|
8537 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8538 | <term>
|
---|
8539 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8540 | </term>
|
---|
8541 |
|
---|
8542 | <listitem>
|
---|
8543 | <para>
|
---|
8544 | Enables IPv6 port forwarding, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8545 | <rule>.
|
---|
8546 | </para>
|
---|
8547 | </listitem>
|
---|
8548 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8549 |
|
---|
8550 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8551 | <term>
|
---|
8552 | <computeroutput>--loopback-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8553 | </term>
|
---|
8554 |
|
---|
8555 | <listitem>
|
---|
8556 | <para>
|
---|
8557 | Enables the IPv6 loopback interface, with a rule specified
|
---|
8558 | by <rule>.
|
---|
8559 | </para>
|
---|
8560 | </listitem>
|
---|
8561 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8562 |
|
---|
8563 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8564 |
|
---|
8565 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork remove --netname <name> </screen>
|
---|
8566 |
|
---|
8567 | <para>
|
---|
8568 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork remove</command>: Removes a NAT
|
---|
8569 | network service. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8570 | </para>
|
---|
8571 |
|
---|
8572 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8573 |
|
---|
8574 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8575 | <term>
|
---|
8576 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8577 | </term>
|
---|
8578 |
|
---|
8579 | <listitem>
|
---|
8580 | <para>
|
---|
8581 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8582 | service. Does not remove any DHCP server enabled on the
|
---|
8583 | network.
|
---|
8584 | </para>
|
---|
8585 | </listitem>
|
---|
8586 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8587 |
|
---|
8588 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8589 |
|
---|
8590 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork modify --netname <name>
|
---|
8591 | [--network <network>]
|
---|
8592 | [--enable|--disable]
|
---|
8593 | [--dhcp on|off]
|
---|
8594 | [--port-forward-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8595 | [--loopback-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8596 | [--ipv6 on|off]
|
---|
8597 | [--port-forward-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8598 | [--loopback-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8599 | </screen>
|
---|
8600 |
|
---|
8601 | <para>
|
---|
8602 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork modify</command>: Modifies an
|
---|
8603 | existing NAT network service. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8604 | </para>
|
---|
8605 |
|
---|
8606 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8607 |
|
---|
8608 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8609 | <term>
|
---|
8610 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8611 | </term>
|
---|
8612 |
|
---|
8613 | <listitem>
|
---|
8614 | <para>
|
---|
8615 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8616 | service.
|
---|
8617 | </para>
|
---|
8618 | </listitem>
|
---|
8619 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8620 |
|
---|
8621 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8622 | <term>
|
---|
8623 | <computeroutput>--network <network></computeroutput>
|
---|
8624 | </term>
|
---|
8625 |
|
---|
8626 | <listitem>
|
---|
8627 | <para>
|
---|
8628 | Where <network> specifies the new static or DHCP
|
---|
8629 | network address and mask of the NAT service interface. The
|
---|
8630 | default is a static network address.
|
---|
8631 | </para>
|
---|
8632 | </listitem>
|
---|
8633 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8634 |
|
---|
8635 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8636 | <term>
|
---|
8637 | <computeroutput>--enable|--disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8638 | </term>
|
---|
8639 |
|
---|
8640 | <listitem>
|
---|
8641 | <para>
|
---|
8642 | Enables and disables the NAT network service.
|
---|
8643 | </para>
|
---|
8644 | </listitem>
|
---|
8645 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8646 |
|
---|
8647 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8648 | <term>
|
---|
8649 | <computeroutput>--dhcp on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8650 | </term>
|
---|
8651 |
|
---|
8652 | <listitem>
|
---|
8653 | <para>
|
---|
8654 | Enables and disables a DHCP server. If a DHCP server is not
|
---|
8655 | present, using enable adds a new DHCP server.
|
---|
8656 | </para>
|
---|
8657 | </listitem>
|
---|
8658 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8659 |
|
---|
8660 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8661 | <term>
|
---|
8662 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8663 | </term>
|
---|
8664 |
|
---|
8665 | <listitem>
|
---|
8666 | <para>
|
---|
8667 | Enables IPv4 port forwarding, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8668 | <rule>.
|
---|
8669 | </para>
|
---|
8670 | </listitem>
|
---|
8671 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8672 |
|
---|
8673 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8674 | <term>
|
---|
8675 | <computeroutput>--loopback-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8676 | </term>
|
---|
8677 |
|
---|
8678 | <listitem>
|
---|
8679 | <para>
|
---|
8680 | Enables the IPv4 loopback interface, with a rule specified
|
---|
8681 | by <rule>.
|
---|
8682 | </para>
|
---|
8683 | </listitem>
|
---|
8684 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8685 |
|
---|
8686 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8687 | <term>
|
---|
8688 | <computeroutput>--ipv6 on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8689 | </term>
|
---|
8690 |
|
---|
8691 | <listitem>
|
---|
8692 | <para>
|
---|
8693 | Enables and disables IPv6. The default setting is IPv4,
|
---|
8694 | disabling IPv6 enables IPv4.
|
---|
8695 | </para>
|
---|
8696 | </listitem>
|
---|
8697 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8698 |
|
---|
8699 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8700 | <term>
|
---|
8701 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8702 | </term>
|
---|
8703 |
|
---|
8704 | <listitem>
|
---|
8705 | <para>
|
---|
8706 | Enables IPv6 port forwarding, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8707 | <rule>.
|
---|
8708 | </para>
|
---|
8709 | </listitem>
|
---|
8710 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8711 |
|
---|
8712 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8713 | <term>
|
---|
8714 | <computeroutput>--loopback-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8715 | </term>
|
---|
8716 |
|
---|
8717 | <listitem>
|
---|
8718 | <para>
|
---|
8719 | Enables IPv6 loopback interface, with a rule specified by
|
---|
8720 | <rule>.
|
---|
8721 | </para>
|
---|
8722 | </listitem>
|
---|
8723 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8724 |
|
---|
8725 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8726 |
|
---|
8727 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork start --netname <name>
|
---|
8728 | </screen>
|
---|
8729 |
|
---|
8730 | <para>
|
---|
8731 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork start</command>: Starts the
|
---|
8732 | specified NAT network service and any associated DHCP server.
|
---|
8733 | Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8734 | </para>
|
---|
8735 |
|
---|
8736 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8737 |
|
---|
8738 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8739 | <term>
|
---|
8740 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8741 | </term>
|
---|
8742 |
|
---|
8743 | <listitem>
|
---|
8744 | <para>
|
---|
8745 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8746 | service.
|
---|
8747 | </para>
|
---|
8748 | </listitem>
|
---|
8749 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8750 |
|
---|
8751 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8752 |
|
---|
8753 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork stop --netname <name>
|
---|
8754 | </screen>
|
---|
8755 |
|
---|
8756 | <para>
|
---|
8757 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork stop</command>: Stops the specified
|
---|
8758 | NAT network service and any DHCP server. Parameters are as
|
---|
8759 | follows:
|
---|
8760 | </para>
|
---|
8761 |
|
---|
8762 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8763 |
|
---|
8764 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8765 | <term>
|
---|
8766 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8767 | </term>
|
---|
8768 |
|
---|
8769 | <listitem>
|
---|
8770 | <para>
|
---|
8771 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8772 | service.
|
---|
8773 | </para>
|
---|
8774 | </listitem>
|
---|
8775 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8776 |
|
---|
8777 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8778 |
|
---|
8779 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork list [<pattern>] </screen>
|
---|
8780 |
|
---|
8781 | <para>
|
---|
8782 | <command>VBoxManage natnetwork list</command>: Lists all NAT
|
---|
8783 | network services, with optional filtering. Parameters are as
|
---|
8784 | follows:
|
---|
8785 | </para>
|
---|
8786 |
|
---|
8787 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8788 |
|
---|
8789 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8790 | <term>
|
---|
8791 | <computeroutput>[<pattern>]</computeroutput>
|
---|
8792 | </term>
|
---|
8793 |
|
---|
8794 | <listitem>
|
---|
8795 | <para>
|
---|
8796 | Where <pattern> is an optional filtering pattern.
|
---|
8797 | </para>
|
---|
8798 | </listitem>
|
---|
8799 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8800 |
|
---|
8801 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8802 |
|
---|
8803 | </sect1>
|
---|
8804 |
|
---|
8805 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-hostonlyif">
|
---|
8806 |
|
---|
8807 | <title>VBoxManage hostonlyif</title>
|
---|
8808 |
|
---|
8809 | <para>
|
---|
8810 | The <command>hostonlyif</command> command enables you to change
|
---|
8811 | the IP configuration of a host-only network interface. For a
|
---|
8812 | description of host-only networking, see
|
---|
8813 | <xref linkend="network_hostonly" />. Each host-only interface is
|
---|
8814 | identified by a name and can either use the internal DHCP server
|
---|
8815 | or a manual IP configuration, both IP4 and IP6.
|
---|
8816 | </para>
|
---|
8817 |
|
---|
8818 | <para>
|
---|
8819 | The following list summarizes the available subcommands:
|
---|
8820 | </para>
|
---|
8821 |
|
---|
8822 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8823 |
|
---|
8824 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8825 | <term>
|
---|
8826 | <computeroutput>ipconfig "<name>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
8827 | </term>
|
---|
8828 |
|
---|
8829 | <listitem>
|
---|
8830 | <para>
|
---|
8831 | Configures a host-only interface.
|
---|
8832 | </para>
|
---|
8833 | </listitem>
|
---|
8834 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8835 |
|
---|
8836 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8837 | <term>
|
---|
8838 | <computeroutput>create</computeroutput>
|
---|
8839 | </term>
|
---|
8840 |
|
---|
8841 | <listitem>
|
---|
8842 | <para>
|
---|
8843 | Creates a new vboxnet<N> interface on the host OS.
|
---|
8844 | This command is essential before you can attach VMs to a
|
---|
8845 | host-only network.
|
---|
8846 | </para>
|
---|
8847 | </listitem>
|
---|
8848 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8849 |
|
---|
8850 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8851 | <term>
|
---|
8852 | <computeroutput>remove vboxnet<N></computeroutput>
|
---|
8853 | </term>
|
---|
8854 |
|
---|
8855 | <listitem>
|
---|
8856 | <para>
|
---|
8857 | Removes a vboxnet<N> interface from the host OS.
|
---|
8858 | </para>
|
---|
8859 | </listitem>
|
---|
8860 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8861 |
|
---|
8862 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8863 |
|
---|
8864 | </sect1>
|
---|
8865 |
|
---|
8866 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-usbdevsource">
|
---|
8867 |
|
---|
8868 | <title>VBoxManage usbdevsource</title>
|
---|
8869 |
|
---|
8870 | <para>
|
---|
8871 | The <command>usbdevsource</command> commands enable you to add and
|
---|
8872 | remove USB devices globally.
|
---|
8873 | </para>
|
---|
8874 |
|
---|
8875 | <para>
|
---|
8876 | The following command adds a USB device.
|
---|
8877 | </para>
|
---|
8878 |
|
---|
8879 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource add <source name>
|
---|
8880 | --backend <backend>
|
---|
8881 | --address <address>
|
---|
8882 | </screen>
|
---|
8883 |
|
---|
8884 | <para>
|
---|
8885 | Where the command line options are as follows:
|
---|
8886 | </para>
|
---|
8887 |
|
---|
8888 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
8889 |
|
---|
8890 | <listitem>
|
---|
8891 | <para>
|
---|
8892 | <computeroutput><source name></computeroutput>:
|
---|
8893 | Specifies the ID of the source USB device to be added.
|
---|
8894 | Mandatory.
|
---|
8895 | </para>
|
---|
8896 | </listitem>
|
---|
8897 |
|
---|
8898 | <listitem>
|
---|
8899 | <para>
|
---|
8900 | <computeroutput>--backend <backend></computeroutput>:
|
---|
8901 | Specifies the USB proxy service backend to use. Mandatory.
|
---|
8902 | </para>
|
---|
8903 | </listitem>
|
---|
8904 |
|
---|
8905 | <listitem>
|
---|
8906 | <para>
|
---|
8907 | <computeroutput> --address <address></computeroutput>:
|
---|
8908 | Specifies the backend specific address. Mandatory.
|
---|
8909 | </para>
|
---|
8910 | </listitem>
|
---|
8911 |
|
---|
8912 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8913 |
|
---|
8914 | <para>
|
---|
8915 | The following command removes a USB device.
|
---|
8916 | </para>
|
---|
8917 |
|
---|
8918 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource remove <source name>
|
---|
8919 | </screen>
|
---|
8920 |
|
---|
8921 | <para>
|
---|
8922 | Where the command line options are as follows:
|
---|
8923 | </para>
|
---|
8924 |
|
---|
8925 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
8926 |
|
---|
8927 | <listitem>
|
---|
8928 | <para>
|
---|
8929 | <computeroutput><source name></computeroutput>:
|
---|
8930 | Specifies the ID of the source USB device to be removed.
|
---|
8931 | Mandatory.
|
---|
8932 | </para>
|
---|
8933 | </listitem>
|
---|
8934 |
|
---|
8935 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8936 |
|
---|
8937 | </sect1>
|
---|
8938 |
|
---|
8939 | <!-- TODO: Figure out how we can generate a file with the includes... The trouble is
|
---|
8940 | that xpointer doesn't seem to allow including multiple elements.
|
---|
8941 |
|
---|
8942 | In the mean time, when adding new VBoxManage man pages to Config.kmk,
|
---|
8943 | don't forget to add it here too.
|
---|
8944 | -->
|
---|
8945 |
|
---|
8946 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-unattended.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8947 |
|
---|
8948 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-snapshot.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8949 |
|
---|
8950 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-clonevm.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8951 |
|
---|
8952 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-sharedfolder.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8953 |
|
---|
8954 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-extpack.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8955 |
|
---|
8956 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-dhcpserver.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8957 |
|
---|
8958 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-debugvm.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8959 |
|
---|
8960 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-cloudprofile.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8961 |
|
---|
8962 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-cloud.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8963 |
|
---|
8964 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-signova.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8965 |
|
---|
8966 | <!-- TODO: Figure out how we can handle other manpages. The xml is bolted to
|
---|
8967 | sect1, so it's not possible to have them "in place" -->
|
---|
8968 |
|
---|
8969 | <xi:include href="user_man_vboximg-mount.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8970 |
|
---|
8971 | </chapter>
|
---|